HomeMy WebLinkAboutSpecifications (6)
Addendum No. 1_4-6-2021_Baker Lab Roof Replacement Rebid (1)(2).pdf
CORNELL UNIVERSITY REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT FACILITIES CONTRACTS 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701
ADDENDUM NO. 1 April 6, 2021 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction
Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph
of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. Item 1. Drawing
A3.0, Overall Roof Demolition Plan, Demolition Scope Of Work Notes ADD the following: Remove the existing Durock substrate board on the metal roof deck areas. Remove the existing
loose built up roofing on the concrete roof deck areas. The new vapor barrier can be installed over any remaining adhered built up roofing tar. (Refer to drawing A4.0 for the locations
of the metal and concrete deck areas.) ADD: The Following Test Cut Photos: Concrete Deck Baker Lab Roof Replacement Addendum No. 1 April 6, 2021 Page 2 Metal Deck TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Item 2. Section 075323 Paragraph 1.11.A.2: DELETE “Warranty Period: 20 years from Date of Substantial Completion.” REPLACE with Warranty Period: 25 years from Date
of Substantial Completion. Item 3. Section 075323 Paragraph 1.11.A: ADD item number 3. Wind speed to be 105. Item 4. Section 075323 Paragraph 2.6.B: DELETE “Polyisocyanurate
Board… Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces.” REPLACE with “Polyisocyanurate Board…Type II, Class 2, Grade 3, 25 PSI, glass reinforced felt (GRF). Baker
Lab Roof Replacement Addendum No. 1 April 6, 2021 Page 3 Item 5. RFI Questions and Clarifications See attached RFI Log (Items 1-2) Attachments: RFI Log (Items 1-2) ****END
OF ADDENDUM**** PROJECT: REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT Date: April 6, 2021 RFI Form RFI/ Page/ Response Dwg./Spec./Rep. Section/ Design Team Index Number Paragraph/Topic RFI Response
1 Specification Section 075323 1.11.A Section 1.11 Paragraph A: Is there a requested wind speed for warranty? See Addendum No. 1, Item 3. 2 Specification Section 075323 2.6.B Section
2.6 Paragraph B: Specification calls for Class II, Grade 2 polyisocyanurate insulation, which is coated glass facer, 20 PSI. Following in paragraph insulation is stated to be felt facer
(Class I) or coated glass facer (Class II). Compressive strength specified below is 25 PSI (Grade 3). Can you confirm which insulation facer and compressive strength is desired? See
Addendum No. 1, Item 4.
Baker Lab Roof Replacement Rebid Indexed Drawings (1)(1).pdf
T1 LIST OF DRAWINGS SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS MATERIALS Foor & Associates TITLE SHEET T1 -TITLE SHEET ELMIRA, NEW YORK 14901 C L L s c t e t i h UNIT C UNIT B CHANNEL SQUARE PLATE ROUND
ANGLE CENTER LINE COLUMN NO. 3 DRAWING NO. A1 DRAWING A12 BUILDING SECTION A TEST BORING B1 MATCH LINE DRAWING NO. A21 ELEVATION NO. 5 ELEVATION NO. 5 DETAIL NO. 9 DRAWING NO. A17 SECTION
NO. 4 WINDOW TYPE B DOOR NO. 32 BUILDING NO. 1A DOOR NO. 120 ROOM NO. 206 32 1A B 120 206 B1 5 P C B 3 A1 A21 5 9 A17 4 WOOD (FINISHED) PLYWOOD METAL STUD WALL FIBER BOARD PARTICLE
OR (IN PLAN) WOOD STUD WALL WOOD (ROUGH) STONE OR SLATE STEEL INSULATION (RIGID) INSULATION (BATT) GRAVEL GYPSUM SHEATHING GYPSUM BOARD EARTH CONCRETE MARBLE QUARRY TILE
OR CERAMIC TILE, BRICK BLOCK POWER PANEL POLISHED PLYWOOD PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PERFORATED PORCELAIN ENAMEL PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PARTITION OPPOSITE OPENING OUTSIDE DIAMETER ON CENTER
OBSCURE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OVERALL NOT TO SCALE NUMBER NOT IN CONTRACT MOUNTED MARBLE THRESHOLD MASONRY OPENING METAL LATH & PLASTER MISCELLANEOUS P.P. POL. PLYWD. P.L. PL. PERF. P.E.
P.C. PART'N. OPP. OPN'G. O.D. O.C. OBS. O.A.I. OA. N.T.S. NO. N.I.C. MTD. M.T. M.O. M.L. & P. MISC. MINIMUM MANHOLE MANUFACTURER METAL MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MAXIMUM LIVING ROOM LIGHT
PANEL LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LINEAL FOOT LIVE LOAD LAVATORY LAMINATE KITCHEN JOINT INSULATION INSIDE DIAMETER MIN. MH. MFR. MET. M.C. MAX. L.R. L.P. L.L.V. L.L.H. L.F.
L.L. LAV. LAM. KIT. JT. INSUL. I.D. WELDED WIRE FABRIC WEIGHT WIRE GLASS WITH WOOD WINDOW DIMENSION WAINSCOT VINYL FABRIC VESTIBULE VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VINYL ASBESTOS TILE VENT UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY UNDERCUT TYPICAL TEMPERED PLATE TOP OF STEEL TOILET PAPER HOLDER TOILET TELEPHONE TONGUE & GROOVE W.W.F. WT. W.GL. W/ WD. W.D. WAINS. V.F. VEST.
V.C.T. V.A.T. V. U.N.O. U.L. UC. TYP. T.PL. T.O.S. T.P.H. TOIL. TEL. T & G FINISH FIRE HOSE CABINET FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FLOOR DRAIN FLAT BAR FRESH AIR INTAKE EXTERIOR EXPANSION
EXISTING EXHAUST FIN. F.H.C. F.E.C. F.D. F.B. F.A.I. EXT. EXP. EXIST. EXH. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EACH WAY EQUIPMENT EQUAL ELEVATION ELECTRICIAN EXPANSION JOINT EACH FACE ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR EACH DRAWING DOOR DITTO DOWN DEAD LOAD DIMENSION DRINKING FOUNTAIN CUSTODIAN CERAMIC TILE CARPET STRIP COURSES CLASS ROOM E.W.C. E.W. EQPT. EQ. EL./ELEV. ELEC. E.J. E.F.
E.C. EA. DWG. DR. DO. DN. D.L. DIM. D.F. CUST. C.T. C.S. CRS. C.R. CONTRACTOR CONTINUOUS CONFERENCE CONCRETE COLUMN CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CLOSET CONTRACT LIMIT LINE CEILING CONTROL
JOINT CORNER GUARD CUBIC FOOT CHALK BOARD CABINET COURSE BUILT-UP ROOFING BASEMENT CONTR. CONT. CONF. CONC. COL. C.M.U. CLO. C.L.L. CLG. C.J. C.G. C.F. C BD. CAB. C. B.U.R. BSMT. THICK
TOP OF FOOTING TOP OF CONCRETE TACK BOARD TOWEL BAR TREAD STEEL STORAGE STRUCTURAL STANDARD STAILESS STEEL SUSPENDED SPECIFICATION SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER SKYLIGHT SIMILAR SHOWER
SQUARE FOOT SQUARE SECTION SOAP DISPENSER RUN OF BANK ROUGH OPENING ROOM ROOFING ROOF LEADER ROOF DRAIN REQUIRED REINFORCING REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK RETURN AIR RISER
QUARRY TILE PLASTIC VENEER FINISH POLY VINYL CHLORIDE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PAINT PAIR POLISHED PLATE GLASS THK. T.O.F. T.O.C. T. BD. T.B. T. STL. STG. STRUCT. STD. S.S. SUSP. SPEC.
S.N.D. SL. SIM. SHR. S.F. SQ. SECT. S.D. R.O.B. R.O. RM. RFG. R.L. R.D. REQ'D. REINF. REF. R.C.B. R.A. R. Q.T. P.V.F. P.V.C. P.T.D. PT. PR. P.P.G. HEATING, VENTILATING HEIGHT HOUR HOLLOW
METAL HANDICAP HEATING CONTRACTOR GYPSUM BOARD GLAZED STRUCTURAL TILE GLASS GENERAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED GAGE, GAUGE FOOT FIRE RATED FACE OF STUDS FACE OF MASONRY FACE OF FINISH
FACE OF CONCRETE FACTORY MUTUAL FLOOR H.V. HT. HR. H.M. HDCP. H.C. GYP. BD. G.S.T. GL. GEN. G.C. GALV. GA. FT. F.R. F.O.S. F.O.M. F.O.F. F.O.C. F.M. FL. BRICK BEDROOM BULLNOSE BLOCK
BUILDING BOTTOM OF FOOTING ARCHITECT ACCESS PANEL ALUMINUM AIR HANDLING UNIT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ADJUSTABLE AIR CONDITIONING ACOUSTIC BRK. BR. BN. BLK. BLDG. B.F. ARCH. A.P. ALUM. A.H.U.
A.F.F. ADJ. A.C. AC. c r ALARRY R. FOOR TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW YORK
STATE UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND BUILDING CODE, THE ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE. MANSFIELD, PA 16933 REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR CORNELL UNIVERSITY 259 EAST AVENUE ITHACA, NY
14853 FA #3942 MARCH 9, 2020 ARCHITECTURAL A3.0OVERALL ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN A4.0ROOF PLAN A4.1ROOF DETAILS A4.2ROOF DETAILS N AREA OF WORK DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK: REMOVE ALL ROOFING,
INSULATION, FLASHINGS DOWN TO ROOF DECK IN WORK AREA EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT REMOVE EXISTING VENTILATION DOGHOUSE REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST STACK TO BELOW ROOF DECK REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST
STACK TO BELOW ROOF DECK R E M O V E , C U T & R E I N S T A L L E X I S T I N G M E T A L S I D N G 39'-0" ± F.V. REMOVE, CUT & REINSTALL EXISTING METAL SIDING 39'-0" ± REMOVE EXISTING
ROOF DRAIN CAP PIPE BELOW ROOF DECK AND PATCH ROOF. 111 North Main Street Since 1893 A A PROJECT & CLIENT REVISIONS DRAWING TITLE DRAWN BY DATE JOB NO.DWG. NO. & rchitects ssociates
Foor Elmira, New York 14901 Phone: 607.733.4613 Fax: 607.734.0120 5 East Wellsboro Street Mansfield, Pennsylvania 16933 Phone: 570.662.3667 Fax: 570.662.3671 3/11/2021 9:52:22 AM
A3.0 3942 MARCH 9, 2020DWY OVERALL ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN CORNELL UNIVERSITY REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR 259 EAST AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 SCALE:1" = 10'-0" 1 OVERALL ROOF DEMOLITION
PLAN XXXX XXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X ℄ N SLOPE 1 1/4" / 1'-0" SLOPE 1 1/4" / 1'-0" CAST IRON VENT GLASS VENT GLASS VENT RD RD VENT ROOF TOP VENTILATOR SLOPE 4/12 F.V. SLOPE 4/12
F.V. SLOPE 4/12 F.V. 63' - 0" ± F.V. E X I S T . C O N C R E T E D E C K 24' - 5 1/4" ± F.V. E X I S T . C O N C R E T E D E C K 39' - 2 3/4" ± F.V. E X I S T . C O N C R E T E D E
C K 23' - 7 7/8" ± F.V. E X I S T . M E T A L D E C K 12' - 2 1/8" ± F.V. 64' - 5" ± F.V. 99' - 6" ± F.V. 3' - 3 3/8" ±21' - 10" ± F.V.3' - 10 5/8" ± EXIST. METAL DECK 32' - 9" ± F.V.
SLOPE SLOPE 4 A4.0 6 A4.0 7 A4.0 1 A4.1 1 A4.1 6 A4.0 6 A4.0 6 A4.0 5 A4.0 5 A4.0 5 A4.0 3 A4.2 3 A4.1 3 A4.1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START
OF WORK REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT. 2. BASE (2) LAYERS 2.6" POLYISO. RIGID INSULATION WITH MIN. R=30 3. CONTRACTOR STAGING MATERIALS ON ROOF AREAS ADJACENT TO WORK AREA DISTRIBUTE
EVENLY SO IT DOESN'T CRUSH EXISTING INSULATION MAX. 40 PSF. PROTECT MEMBRANE FROM PUNCTURES AND SCUFFING (SEE SPEC.). 4. FASTENING REQUIREMENTS FOR WOOD BLOCKING AT CORNERS 12" O.C.
STAGGERED AND 24" O.C. OUTSIDE CORNER AREA AS RECCOMENDED BY FM 1-49. WALKWAY PAD SPLASH PROTECTION EXISTING DOWNSPOUT WALKWAY PAD SPLASH PROTECTIONEXISTING DOWNSPOUT SLOPE 4/12 F.V.
SLOPE 4/12 F.V. SLOPE 4/12 F.V. SLOPE 4/12 F.V. 6 A4.1 5 A4.1 5 A4.1 7 A4.1 7 A4.1 1/2" / 1'-0" ± F.V. 1/2" / 1'-0" ± F.V. 1/4" / FT. ± 1/4" / FT. ± 1/2" VENT PIPE SLOPE 4/12 F.V. 8
A4.1 1/4" / FT. ± 1/4" / FT. ± 2019 22001199 2019--012 001122 012 2019 22001199 2019--013 001133 013 2019 22001199 2019--014 001144 014 2019 22001199 2019--015 001155 015 2019 22001199
2019--016 001166 016 2019 22001199 2019--017 001177 017 2019 22001199 2019--018 001188 018 2019 22001199 2019--019 001199 019 2'-0" SQ. WALKWAY PADS WITH NEW 1/2" DENS DECK AND VAPOR
BARRIER WITH NEW VAPOR BARRIERWITH NEW VAPOR BARRIERWITH NEW VAPOR BARRIER WITH NEW 1/2" DENS DECK AND VAPOR BARRIER 1" / 12" 1" / 12" 1" / 12" 1" / 12" 1 " / 1 2 " 2 A4.2 --2 A4.2
NEW SAFETY RAILING SYSTEM 1" / 12" 1 " / 1 2 " 1 " / 1 2 " SURE-SEAL NON-REINFORCED EPDM MEMBRANE WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC CLAMPING RING TAPERED RIGID INSULATION METAL DECK EPDM FULLY ADHERED
ROOFING MEMBRANE .060" NEW PRE FORMED VENT FLASHING STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC EXISTING VENT PIPE VERIFY PIPE SIZE IN FIELD EXTEND AS NECESSARY VARIES EXISTING
ROOF DECK 8" MIN. MIN. 3" LAP JOINT PRESSURE SENSITIVE PIPE SEAL RAIN SKIRT W/ CLAMPING RING & SEALANT FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING EXISTING CURB WITH INTEGRAL CAP FLASHING AND
POSIFLASH FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE ROOFING RUBBER OR URETHANE ROD STOCK BONDING ADHESIVE 1" RIGID FIBERBOARD INSULATION AROUND OUTSIDE OF CURB EXIST. METAL ROOF DECK EXIST. METAL
ROOF DECK 8" MIN. (2) LAYERS OF 2.6" RIGID INSULATION EXISTING ROOF HATCH NEW SAFETY RAILING SYSTEM BIL-GUARD 2.0 BY BILCO .060 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE SEAM TAPE BONDING ADHESIVE EXISTING
STRUCTURE 5" PROVIDE NEW BLOCKING AS NECESSARY TAPERED CRICKET INSULATION VARIES (2) LAYERS OF 2.6" RIGID INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER 4" 4" NEW METAL FASCIA METAL GRAVEL STOP FASCIA 12"
WIDE PRESSURE SENSITVE EPDM CURED COVER STRIP IN CONJUNCTION WITH EPDM PRIMER INSULATION CANT STRIP 5 1/2" RIGID INSULATION EXISTING CONC. ROOF DECK EXTEND TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING OVER
CURB NEW BLOCKING TO ACCOMMODATE NEW INSULATION HEIGHT MECHANICAL UNIT CURB EXISTING FLASHING CONTINUOUS TERMINATION BAR AND FASTENER W/ SEALANT RTU EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING STRUCTURE
EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING STRUCTURE TAPERED RIGID INSULATION -VARIES CONTINUOUS TERMINATION BAR AND FASTENER W/ SEALANT BONDING ADHESIVE SEAM TAPE .060 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 8" MIN.
ROOF DECK MATERIALROOFING MATERIALS METAL DECKING1/2" DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER MIN. 5 1/2" RIGID INSULATION MIN R-VALUE 30 .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE CONCRETE DECKVAPOR BARRIER
MIN. 5 1/2" RIGID INSULATION MIN R-VALUE 30 .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE ROOF MAKE-UP LEGEND 111 North Main Street Since 1893 A A PROJECT & CLIENT REVISIONS DRAWING TITLE DRAWN
BY DATE JOB NO.DWG. NO. & rchitects ssociates Foor Elmira, New York 14901 Phone: 607.733.4613 Fax: 607.734.0120 5 East Wellsboro Street Mansfield, Pennsylvania 16933 Phone: 570.662.3667
Fax: 570.662.3671 3/11/2021 9:52:23 AM A4.0 3942 MARCH 9, 2020DWY ROOF PLAN CORNELL UNIVERSITY REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR 259 EAST AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"
1 ROOF PLAN SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 TYPICAL ROOF DRAIN SCALE:3" = 1'-0" 3 TYPICAL VENT DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 4 ROOF HATCH & GUARDRAIL DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 5 ROOF EDGE DETAIL
SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 6 EQUP. CURB DETAIL (TYP.) SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 7 TERMINATION BAR DETAIL (TYP.) VAPOR BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER 1/2" DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER EXISTING
30" X 54" ROOF HATCH TO REMAIN .060 FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE NEW METAL ROOF EDGE SEAM TAPE FASTENERS AND 2" SEAM PLATES OR BATTEN STRIPS BONDING ADHESIVE PROVIDE NEW BLOCKING AS NECESSARY
TAPERED RIGID INSULATION VARIES 1' - 0 1/2" ± F.V. 4" 12" SLOPE 1/2" / 12" FILED VERIFY (2) LAYERS 2.6" RIGID INSUL R=30 1/2" DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER METAL ROOF DECK VAPOR BARRIER EXISTING
CONC. DECK SEALANT SLOPE 1/4" /FT. BASE INSULATION (2) LAYERS OF 2.6" RIGID INSULATION REMOVE EXISTING 30" DIA VENT PIPE FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONC. ROOF DECK 5 1/2" POLYISO ROOF INSUL
R-30 MIN. .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE (2) LAYERS 2.6" -R=30 POLYISO. INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER 1/4" STEEL PLATE TAP CONS AT EACH CORNER VARIES 2" ± F.V. (2) LAYERS 2.6" RIGID INSULATION
EXISTING CONC. DECK NEW VAPOR BARRIER .060 EPDM FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE EXISTING METAL DECK INSTALL DENS DECK OVER METAL DECK VAPOR BARRIER EXISTING STRUCTURE FASTENER & SEAM FASTENING
PLATE, MAX. 12" O.C. 12" WIDE PRESSURE SENSITVE EPDM CURED COVER STRIP IN CONJUNCTION WITH EPDM PRIMER EXISTING CONC. DECK EXISTING METAL DECK (2) LAYERS 2.6" RIGID INSULATION R=30
MIN. NEW WOOD BLOCKING 3/4" RIGID EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD BACKER .060 EPDM FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE SEALANT DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER VAPOR BARRIER (2) LAYERS 2.6" RIGID INSUL. R=30 MIN.
VARIES F.V. EXISTING EPDM ROOFING TO REMAIN EXISTING STRUCTURE VARIES (2) LAYERS 2.6" POLYISO. INSUL. .060 EPDM FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE 1/2" DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER EXISTING METAL DECK
FASTENER & SEAM FASTENING PLATE, MAX. 12" O.C. 12" WIDE PRESSURE SENSITVE EPDM CURED COVER STRIP IN CONJUNCTION WITH EPDM PRIMER .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE (2) LAYERS 2.6" -R=30
POLYISO. INSULATION VAPOR BARRIER 1/4" STEEL PLATE TAP CONS AT EACH CORNER EXISTING CONC. DECK STEEL FRAMING 6" FIELD VERIFY APPROX. 3'-0" SQ. ± EXISTING OPENING6" 4" 12" REMOVE EXISTING
STRUCTURE JOINT COVER CONTINUOUS CLEAT WOOD BLOCKING SEALANT METAL ROOF EDGE ROOF MEMBRANE RIGID INSULATION FASCIA SPLICE NOTES: 1. DECK FLANGE MUST BE TOTALLY COVERED WITH MINIMUM
2" COVERAGE PAST NAIL HEADS. 2. WOOD NAILER MUST EXTEND PAST TOTAL WIDTH OF METAL EDGE. 3. TO REMOVE FINISHING OILS, SCRUB METAL FLANGE WITH WEATHERED MEMBRANE CLEANER: ALLOW TO DRY
PRIOR TO APPLYING PRIMER. 4. LAP SEALANT MUST BE APPLIED AT FLASHING OVERLAPS AND INTERSECTIONS WITH JOINTS IN METAL EDGING. 5. APPLY LAP SEALANT ALONG THE LEADING EDGE OF THE MEMBRANE
SPLICE COVERING THE EXPOSED SPLICE TAPE 1/2" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE SPLICE INTERSECTION. T-JOINT COVER NOT NEEDED WHEN USING PS OVERLAYMENT STRIP. 6. REFER TO APPLICABLE METAL EDGING
INSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER'S STEP-BY-STEP INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. 7. DETAIL SHALL COMPLY W/ SMACNA PLATE 42 FIGURE C OR ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS 111 North Main Street Since
1893 A A PROJECT & CLIENT REVISIONS DRAWING TITLE DRAWN BY DATE JOB NO.DWG. NO. & rchitects ssociates Foor Elmira, New York 14901 Phone: 607.733.4613 Fax: 607.734.0120 5 East Wellsboro
Street Mansfield, Pennsylvania 16933 Phone: 570.662.3667 Fax: 570.662.3671 3/11/2021 9:52:24 AM A4.1 3942 MARCH 9, 2020DWY ROOF DETAILS CORNELL UNIVERSITY REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT
FOR 259 EAST AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1 ROOF SECTION 1 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 3 LARGE PIPE REMOVAL INFILL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 5 CURB DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 6
ROOF STEP DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 7 CURB TO EXIST. ROOF DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 8 VENTILATION INFILL DETAIL SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 EDGE METAL SPLICE DETAIL 1 " / 1 2 " 4" /
12" 8" MIN. METAL SIDING (2) LAYEERS 2.6" RIGID INSUL. R=30 .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM MEMBRANE 1/2" DENS DECK VAPOR BARRIER 1 1/2" TYPE "B" 22 GA METAL DECK 3' X 3" X 1/4" L CONTINUOUS
SIDEWALL FLASHING NEW 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS 16" O.C. INSTALL FASTENERS @ 12" O.C. NEW 6" BATT INSULATION 3/4" PLYWOOD EXISTING Z-GIRT EXISTING Z-GIRT CUT EXISTING SIDING 1' - 11"
EXISTING STONE COPING VARIES .060 FULLY ADHERED EPDM EXISTING STRUCTURE SEALANT (2) LAYERS 2.6" POLYISO. INSUL. R=30 MIN 3/4" ± EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD BACKER SEALANT LEAD WEDGE TO SECURE
REGLET RIVET @ 12" O.C. PROVIDE A HORIZONTAL SLOTTED HOLE FOR RIVET TO ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION 45° PROVIDE HOLE TO MATCH TERMINATION BAR TO RECEIVE POWER ACTURATED FASTENER
PROVIDE HOLE @ 12" O.C. TO RECIEVE RIVET 111 North Main Street Since 1893 A A PROJECT & CLIENT REVISIONS DRAWING TITLE DRAWN BY DATE JOB NO.DWG. NO. & rchitects ssociates Foor Elmira,
New York 14901 Phone: 607.733.4613 Fax: 607.734.0120 5 East Wellsboro Street Mansfield, Pennsylvania 16933 Phone: 570.662.3667 Fax: 570.662.3671 3/11/2021 9:52:24 AM A4.2 3942 MARCH
9, 2020DWY ROOF DETAILS CORNELL UNIVERSITY REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT FOR 259 EAST AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 2 SECTION @ NEW CRICKET SCALE:1 1/2" = 1'-0" 3
WALL SECTION TERMINATION DETAIL
Specifications (6).pdf
REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT Project Manual & Specifications March 9, 2020 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect Foor and Associates Architects 111
North Main Street Elmira, New York 14901 REBID BAKER LAB TABLE OF CONTENTS ROOF REPLACEMENT Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Proposal Submission Form General
Conditions and Exhibits Supplemental Conditions DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions Section 01 25 00 Substitutions
and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation
Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 41 00 Regulatory
Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities Section 01 51 23 Heat
During Construction Section 01 57 13 Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 77 00 Project
Close Out Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds Section 01 78 39 Record Documents TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02 82 13 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES Section 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION
7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 01 50.19 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING Section 07 53 23 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING Section 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING
AND TRIM Section 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS REBID BAKER LAB TABLE OF CONTENTS ROOF REPLACEMENT Page 2 DRAWINGS T1 TITLE SHEET A3.0 OVERALL ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN A4.0 ROOF PLAN A4.1
ROOF DETAILS A4.2 ROOF DETAILS END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Rebid Baker Lab Roof Replacement Owner: Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: Foor and Associates Architects 111 North Main Street Elmira, New York 14901 1. BID DOCUMENTS The Bid Documents provided electronically by the
Owner will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Proposal Certification Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements",
and Supplemental Conditions. (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. • Pre-Bid Conference video and other materials
will be available via Drop Box at: https://cornell.box.com/s/5qa3unjmqdufx5v52in6knj8nk94pb08 Bid Documents are available electronically in the eBuilder Bid Portal under the Bid Package
Invitation – Invitation Documents Tab. Dataflow, Inc. maintains the current set of Documents and all addenda and is the contracted supplier for printed plans and specifications for
this project. Contact Dataflow at CUProjects@goDataflow.com. Bid Documents Terms of Use / Disclaimer - By accessing and/or using the Cornell University Document Files, You accept
without limitation or qualifications, the following Terms of Use: a. Cornell University grants You the permission to use and view the Document Files subject to these Terms of Use.
b. Except in connection with preparing your bid, You may not modify, copy, transmit, display, reproduce, publish, license, create derivative works from, transfer, or sell any information,
materials, drawings, content, products or services from the Document Files (together "Content") in any form without Cornell University's prior written permission. You may print out
a copy or download Content solely for Your internal use. In doing so, you may not remove or alter, or cause to be removed or altered, any copyright, trademark, trade name, service mark,
or any other proprietary notice or legend appearing on any of the Content. c. You may not provide parts of or full sets of Document Files to any planhouse or online document repositories.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2 d. The trademarks, logos, and service marks (collectively the "Trademarks") displayed on the Document Files are registered and unregistered
Trademarks of Cornell University and others. Nothing contained on the Document Files should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or right to
use any Trademark displayed on the Document Files without the written permission of Cornell University or such party that may own the Trademark. Your use of the Trademarks displayed
on the Document Files, or any other content, except as provided in these Terms of Use, are strictly prohibited. 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall
acquaint themselves with location conditions as they exist, as well as the character of the necessary work to be carried out under the proposed Contract. A PreBid Zoom meeting will
be scheduled and include: a review of project related information, an opportunity to ask and receive responses to Bidder questions, and make such inquiries as are necessary to fully
understand the subject facilities, physical conditions and/or restrictions attendant to the work under the Contract. b. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface
conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer
make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity
of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. c. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated
Bid Documents. d. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder covenants and affirms that the Bidder has carefully examined all of the Bid Documents including Drawings, Specifications, and the
Addenda and Bulletins, if any, as well as posed any questions associated with the Site, and that Bidder is satisfied as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local
conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance. 3. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications
and associated Bid Documents, or be in doubt as to their meaning, Bidder shall at once enter the item in the Q&A Board of the eBuilder Bid Portal and an Addenda with written instructions
will be sent to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing and entered
into the eBuilder Bid Portal Q&A Board. Inquiries received in advance of the deadline established at the Pre-Bid conference will be given consideration. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS INS-3 4. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A virtual pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00AM, March 29, 20201, via Zoom at: https://cornell.zoom.us/j/91884305888?pwd=dVV1Sm4xeEdwcmN6QnliK0
RiYnl3dz09 &from=addon In person, on site Pre-Bid walkthroughs will not be conducted during the Pre-Bid Conference. The Zoom meeting will be to review project related information and
respond to Bidder questions. The Pre-Bid Conference is designed to assist Bidders in understanding the Contract Documents, the opportunity to pose clarifying questions or make inquiries
regarding Contract Documents. Results will be published in an Addendum. 5. BID SUBMISSION Bid Submissions must include the following: a. Base Bid entered into the eBuilder Portal
broken down per the Bid Scope Tab Schedule of Values (Step 1: Bid Form of the Response Form tab). b. Additional Required Information: 1. Bid Proposal Certification Form 2. Bid Bond
3. Bond Surety Company 4. Bonding Rate for Change Orders 5. Proposed Project Team and Resumes 6. Proposed Project Schedule 7. Substitutions c. Bid Proposal Certification Form: The
Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be signed by the Principal(s) or Officer(s) legally authorized to bind the Bidder, and to execute such documents on behalf of their respective
firms or organizations, and the Certificates included in the Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name should be fully and accurately stated.
Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer; Owner expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all
bids, and to waive irregularities or informalities in its sole and reasonable discretion. d. Bid Bond: Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond electronically via the
eBuilder Bid Portal in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal.
Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 13
below. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4 6. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of
certain Sales and Use Taxes. 7. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
8. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax-exempt status of the Owner
as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. 9. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the
award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax-exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable
under the Contract. 10. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular
field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to
the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal Bid Scope form, the Bidder
shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers,
and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal, a list of the principal
trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors.
Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5 11. UNIT PRICES The Bidder agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract
Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith,
subject to the terms of the Contract Documents. a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. If requested, a form will be attached to these instructions and will need to be completed
and uploaded to the eBuilder Bidding Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. All Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception.
b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and
other incidental work. c. Unit prices shall be the total compensation for the item and includes all overhead, profit and any other charges of the Contractor and/or subcontractor in
connection therewith. d. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit
prices listed below prior to the execution of the Contract. 12. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions
for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General
Requirements - Division 1, are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution,
together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted on the form supplied with these instructions. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his
base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 13. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested by the Owner and
are included in the General Requirements. They will be listed in the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal. All Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception.
b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 14. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Base Bid shall be prepared and electronically submitted
via the eBuilder Bid Portal. All required fields and attachments in the eBuilder Bid Portal must be completed. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6 b. Bid Proposal Certification
Form shall be prepared electronically submitted as an attachment via the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. c. Completed and
responsive Bid Proposals shall be submitted through the eBuilder Bid Portal no later than 2:00PM on April 14, 2021. d. Bid Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work
to be done. No oral, written, electronic or telephonic proposals, or modifications will be considered. 15. BID OPENING a. Completed and responsive Bid Proposals will be opened electronically
via eBuilder Bid Portal. Responsive Bid results will be posted to the Facilities Contracts website at: https://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm The Owner reserves
the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 16. AWARD OF
CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are
to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible base bid who, in the opinion of
the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University’s Contractors Qualification
Statement. d. Bidder expressly warrants and commits that its Proposal shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect at the Owner’s option for a period of not less than ninety
(90) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. Bidders may submit, recall, modify, resubmit or withdraw their Bids through the eBuilder Bid Portal up until the Bid Due Date
and Time. f. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other
time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 17. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated
to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete
"Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-7 18. PERFORMANCE AND LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BONDS Prior to commencement
of on-site construction activities, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract
Price. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. 19. START OF WORK a.
Upon discontinuance or modification of applicable civil order(s) (e.g., NY State Executive Order(s)) permitting commencement of the subject Work or the Project has been deemed essential,
construction activities on-site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days. Bidder further agrees to achieve substantial completion within the established Project Duration Schedule.
1. Work shall be completed by August 6, 2021. 2. NOTE: Prior to commencement of any on-site construction activities, the successful Bidder shall: i. Furnish the Owner with fully
executed and satisfactory Payment and Performance bonds. No on-site construction activities may commence until executed and satisfactory bonds are in place for the subject project.
ii. Furnish the Owner with safety plan related to COVID-19 pandemic b. The construction schedule and completion are critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment
in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 20. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Bidders must acknowledge in Step 3 of the Bid Response in the eBuilder Bid Portal each
Addendum and/or Bulletin issued during the bidding period. 21. REQUIRED POST-AWARD SUBMISSIONS BY THE APPARENT LOW BIDDER a. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority
and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six-Month Workforce Projection b. Upon Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance
Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION
FORM BF-1 REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM Vendor Name: Type of Firm, State of Incorporation if Applicable
Street Address, City, State, Zip Having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), Supplemental
Conditions, the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated March 9, 2020 prepared by Foor and Associates Architects, 111 North Main Street, Elmira, New York 14901,
as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified
insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents. 1. Receipt of the Addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications
has been acknowledged in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 2. Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (M/WBEs) a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both
Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a “good faith effort” with respect to these requirements. Goals shall be as follows: • A goal of 7%
for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment
from MBEs. • A goal of 3.1% for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials,
supplies, and equipment from WBEs. 3. Milestone Dates a. Upon project being deemed essential or discontinuance or modification of applicable civil order(s) (e.g., NY State Executive
Order(s)) permitting commencement of the subject Work, construction activities on-site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days. Bidder agrees to achieve substantial completion
within the established Project Duration. i. Work shall be completed by August 6, 2021. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-2 b. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment
in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. Contractor shall attach a Project Duration Schedule to this form that meets the duration established. c. Following
are additional Milestone Dates: d. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" consistent with the agreed upon Construction
Duration showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably
be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 16, 1.3, A. 4. Proposed Principal Subcontractors a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded
the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the list submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields subject to the following
provisions: i. The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name
or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the
award of the Contract. 5. Contractor Team: a. The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any Project Manager or Superintendent provide in the eBuilder Bid Portal submission
to whom they have a reasonable objection. 6. Bonds a. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of a minimum of 10% of Bid Amount is attached to the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form –
Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. b. Performance and Payment Bonds. Prior to commencement of any on-site construction activities, the undersigned expressly
agrees if awarded the Contract, to deliver to Owner executed "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such forms as are acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal
to 100% of the Contract Sum. c. Such bonds will be furnished by the Surety entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields.
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-3 d. Bonding Rate for Change Orders has been entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom
Fields. 7. Bid Scope - Schedule of Values a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete,
itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating to the
total Contract Sum submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 8. Substitutions a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1. c.
Any Substitutions are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution, together
with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. d. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. e. The sum stated
includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner
in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. 9. Unit Price Schedule a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition
to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices form uploaded in the eBuilder Bid Portal
Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith, subject to the terms
of the Contract Documents. b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring,
bracing, dewatering and other incidental work. c. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. d. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject
any or all of the unit prices entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields prior to the execution of the Contract.
BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-4 10. Acceptance a. The undersigned agrees that the amount submitted for the Base Bid and any Alternates and Unit Pricing along with the required
attachments in the Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal have been reviewed and are accurate. b. The undersigned
acknowledges as Contractor to be and remain exclusively in control of the Project site and Work, as well as the Project’s Health & Safety Plan, measures, and/or protocols, for the duration
of construction activities. i. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of Supplemental Conditions to the Contract surrounding Contractor Response and Health & Safety Protocols for COVID-19,
or other viral, bacterial, or microbial presence (as applicable). ii. The undersigned acknowledges that no one will be permitted on the job site until the Health & Safety Plan has
been submitted. c. It is understood and agreed that the Owner expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids, and to waive irregularities or informalities in its
sole and reasonable discretion. d. Upon acceptance of Bidder’s Proposal, Bidder expressly agrees and affirms to hold its unchanged Bid Proposal for ninety (90) calendar days. The undersigned
will execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. Nothing contained herein shall preclude
Bidder and Owner from mutually agreeing upon a Contract based upon the unchanged Bid Proposal if the time elapsed from Award is in excess of ninety (90) calendar days. e. The undersigned
acknowledges the following Addendum(s) (as applicable): f. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the Bidder submitting the lowest responsive and
responsible bid who, in the sole discretion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the Work. g. The undersigned agrees to furnish Owner satisfactory and executed Performance and Payment
Bonds prior to the commencement of any Work on-site. h. Alternates: 1. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of
the work shown and specified herein associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid
as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. Addendum No. __ dated ____. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-5 2. It is understood that the Owner
reserves the right to accept or reject any of the Alternate Proposals provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract
or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. The following documentation is required to be submitted electronically in the eBuilder Bidding Portal Response Form
– Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields Bid Proposal Certification Form (this Form) signed and executed Project Duration Schedule Bid Bond Proposed Project Team
Resumes (Bidder) By: Title: Business Address: Dated: BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-6 CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION By submission of this bid,
each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury,
that to the best of its knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose
of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this
bid have not been knowingly disclosed, directly or indirectly, by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder to any other bidder or any competitor prior to opening.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
(Bidder) By: Title: Dated: BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-7 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, _____________________________________________________,
certify that I am the _____________________________ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed
said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid
Form and attachments thereto were duly signed and executed for and on behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. (Secretary-Clerk) Dated: Rev 12.2018
G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S FOR REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK i Rev 12.2018 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner 1 Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings 1 Section 1.03 Order of Precedence
1 ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and
Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions
and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section
2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6
Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7 Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE
4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Claims for Extra Work 11 Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 Time of Completion
12 ii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13 Section 6.03 Owner's
Right to do Work 13 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section
9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property
17 Section 10.03 Emergencies 17 Section 10.04 Bonds 17 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18 Section
10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement
of Insurance 21 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21 Section 11.02 Occupancy
Prior to Acceptance 21 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22 Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23 Section 12.03 Retention 24 Section 12.04 Withholding
Payments 24 Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25 Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26 iii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 13
TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 26 ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE Section 14.01 Guarantee 27 ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
27 Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 27 Section 15.03 Assignments 27 Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 28 Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 28 Section 15.06 Limitation
on Actions 28 Section 15.07 Owner's Representative 28 ARTICLE 16 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 Definitions 28 Section 16.02 Participation by Minority and
Women Business Enterprises 28 Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan 29 Section 16.04 Reports and Records 29 ARTICLE 17 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 30 ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 30 ARTICLE 19 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 30 ARTICLE 20 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 Release of Information 31 Section 20.02 Confidential
Information 31 Section 20.03 Use of Owner's Name 31 ARTICLE 21 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 32 iv Rev 12.2018 EXHIBITS A Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Final Release C Guarantee D Form I MWBE Utilization Plan Form II Contractor’s Affirmative
Action Plan Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report E Labor Rate Breakdown F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation G Contractor Performance Evaluation 1 Rev 12.2018
ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents
as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other
material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom
only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions
contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions
which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance
which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions,
headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no
way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications,
plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract
Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise
so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not
shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated
by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 2 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract.
The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which
is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University
shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor
shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or
regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade,
the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case
progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement
or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's
Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens,
claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal"
Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name,
catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section
01 25 00. 3 Rev 12.2018 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered
by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall
be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change
shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment
of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade
of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their
acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance
shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear
manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the
Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor
to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The
Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the
Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If
at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory
to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor
when so directed by the Owner. 4 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration
includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents,
borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the
Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated
in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection
and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any
impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably
anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations
of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor
is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent
Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's
own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character
of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor
has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties
which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify
all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately
shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 5 Rev 12.2018 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components
and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify
spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment,
pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional
costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Contractor will have access to
view and download the Bid Documents in eBuilder. B. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof are the property of the Owner and are not to be used on other work Section 2.10
- Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor
shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly
provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors,
Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's
Representative. 6 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded
all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided
within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 – Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall
submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information:
Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area
and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials
delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section
3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work
and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner
and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or
quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority
having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the
Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 7 Rev 12.2018 Section
3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out
in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction
shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by
the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement.
C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability
for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required
by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional
professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the
Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the
cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section
3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work
injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed
to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment,
either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects,
paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 8 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract,
may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor
signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims
for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D.
The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement
with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work
shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by
more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions
and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be
algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other
costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing
and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including
access and safety, "asbuilt" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 9 Rev 12.2018 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including
all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment,
excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. When submitting change orders, equipment which is
common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental equipment or tools not common to the project
that are required to perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except
the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-up Percentages 1. Work performed by the Contractor: Where the Work is performed directly by the
Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor: Where the change order work is performed
by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the
Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor: Where work is performed by a Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum
equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of
said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up percentages may not exceed
twenty five percent (25%). 4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall
not be subject to any Markup Percentage. 5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 10 Rev 12.2018 6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered
by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with
the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind;
project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative
expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop drawings and sample coordination; “as-built” drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs;
parking permits; cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools and/or
tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment (power or non-power) with an individual
purchase cost of less than $750 7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders.
In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive
change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be
applied to the net amount F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request
for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in
the format detailed in Exhibit A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the
compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays
to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor
shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto.
11 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.02 – Claims for Extra Work If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that it has performed or is going
to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall: A. Promptly
comply with such order; B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary,
file with the Owner, within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing
performance of the extra work, whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect
occurred, a written notice of the basis of its claim and request a determination thereof; C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the Contract
documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced,
whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items
and basis of its claim; D. Produce for the Owner’s examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress
records, daily reports, bank deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and transactions in connection with or relating to or arising
by reason of its claim, and submit persons in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person designated by the Owner to investigate any
claims made against the Owner under the Contract, such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination
of the Owner with respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with all instructions of the Owner and the Architect. F. The Contractor's
failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or omission does
not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages as a
result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate
or remedy the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance
with such provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or
not the Owner has indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith. G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in any action against the
Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove compliance with
the provisions of this Section. 12 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E-Builder Change Order
Process. No payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved as noted above. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section
5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified
in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified
in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified.
It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and
usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time
is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary
at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work
occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages
or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall
not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 1. any preference, priority or allocation order
duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved
by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually
severe weather. 13 Rev 12.2018 G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work
altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it
shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor
of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice
shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation,
the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of
and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience
of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying
the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the
Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective
date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the
Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any
monies due or to become due the Contractor. 14 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor
has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract,
the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within
fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier,
or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance
of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed
matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall
deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of
the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final.
The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B.
No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work,
if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts
of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and
provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission.
15 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner,
in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor
without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or
indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor
by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner
may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The
Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves
the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces
or separate Contractors. B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions
and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the
progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or
defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship
by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. 16 Rev 12.2018 E. If the
Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge.
If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be
liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another
contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed:
1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify
and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur
by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor
having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage.
H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said
other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01
- Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor
shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's
Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and
methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work,
arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death,
or significant near miss incidents that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation
forms and reports within five (5) working days of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and their employers, the number of days
persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e-Builder Accident Form. 17 Rev 12.2018 C. The
Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary
measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review
and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated
hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures
in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance
with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. 4. A Contractor’s
Waste Material Disposal Plan form is required (with or without waste) to be submitted with submission of the first payment. The form can be found at: https://ehs.cornell.edu/sites/default/files/res
ourcefiles/FRM_CWMDPContractorWasteMaterialDisposalPlan.pdf D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs
in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times,
guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor
shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final
Acceptance. Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed
by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case
of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to
the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. 18 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the
required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall
defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or damage
to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from: 1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract
by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or 2. any injury to an employee
of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited by the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers’ compensation, disability benefit or other employee benefit laws. B. In the event that Contractor
is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification obligations. C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment
shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims
for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for
risk or claims of the type enumerated. Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense,
until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements
of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 19
Rev 12.2018 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion,
collapse and underground property damage coverage’s issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by
the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance,
and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed
operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for
Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000
Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned
and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage
under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000
Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor
shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications
in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. 20 Rev 12.2018 D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish
to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates. Such certificates
shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall
not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract,
unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate
of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified
copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so
that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work
is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's
expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect
the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract.
21 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a
builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent
modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain
a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance
shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions
of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall
cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss
including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has
agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior
to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between
Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior
to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company
for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for
any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall
not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or
nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment,
forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part
of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors
and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally
waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever
kind or nature. 22 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor
shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or
to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any
claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO
ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted
occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy,
and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having
jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed
or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to
said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial
Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said
use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance
of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 23 Rev 12.2018 B. The final
certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned
to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction
of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's
schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly
progress payments. This schedule, as shown in the E-Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for
payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by
the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first
day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit via the E-Builder Payment Application Process, a statement and all applicable documentation setting
forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety
percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be
accompanied by an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered
to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of certified payrolls for all employees on
the project as indicated in the EBuilder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other
indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been
complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable
to the Contractor. 24 Rev 12.2018 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for
Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract
Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar
days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E-Builder. Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive
or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings
or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Section 12.02
– Stored Materials & Equipment A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written
request to Cornell University for permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical
materials and equipment" eligible for payment are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell University's evaluation of the project schedule.
This includes finished goods normally shipped to the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for delivery. Raw materials or work-in-process
at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save money by purchasing material in
bulk quantities at the beginning of the project. B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests. C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such
"long-lead" critical materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits Exhibit H and complies with the following: 1. Items shall
be listed in the “Total Materials Presently Stored” column on the Application for Payment. 2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for Payment. 3. The
method used to store off-site items shall be described in the Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell University shall give prior approval of the
location of off-site storage. Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity (temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an environment.
25 Rev 12.2018 4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the Application
for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary insurance on items in storage. 5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify such inventory, including
Contractor's certification that all quantities have been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application
for Payment. 6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice. Packing lists will not be accepted. D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage
by physical inspection prior to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly
installing the equipment or materials. The Warranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of the completed work by Cornell University. The
Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment not incorporated
in the Work and current month additions and deletions for materials and equipment incorporated into the Work. F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work,
materials, and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by
Cornell University, nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University. Section 12.03 – Retention A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value
of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within
the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.06. B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application thereof, release retention
applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an acceptable partial
or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well. 26 Rev 12.2018 Section
12.04 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary
to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge
any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.05 – Documents and
Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As-Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner
through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual
field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for
payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any
other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C,
attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers
Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 27 Rev 12.2018 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01
78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release A. When the
Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed
or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements.
The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete
all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare
a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection
and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent
of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by
the Contractor, each subcontractor and subsubcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information,
and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire
balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E.
The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the
Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use
taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment
or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work,
and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment
or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 28 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other
documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials,
ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the
Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage
to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said
defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept
various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto
as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD
PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract and made a part hereof,
shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract shall
forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York,
without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County
or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall
not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. 29 Rev 12.2018 Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create
or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights
of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions No action
or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the
Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.07
- Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents
and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s
designated representative (Tammy J. Johnson) shall be recognized by the Contractor. ARTICLE 16 – MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 – Definitions The terms "Minority-owned
business enterprise" ("MBE") or “Women-owned business enterprise” (“WBE”) or “minority group member” shall have the same meaning as under Section 310 of the New York State Executive
Law, as the same may be from time to time amended. Section 16.02 – Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination
provision of the Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of MBE and WBE goals. These requirements include equal
employment opportunities for minority group members and women (“EEO”) and contracting opportunities for certified minority and women-owned business enterprises (“MWBEs”). The Contractor’s
demonstration of “good faith efforts” shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions
required by New York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws. B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every Agreement and/or Contract
in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement. 30 Rev 12.2018
C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in the Bid Proposal Certification Form for Minority-Owned Business Enterprises (“MBE”) and Women-Owned
Business Enterprises (“WBE”) participation. 1. The goal for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal
may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. 2. The goal for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of
one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MWBEs on the Contract
and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference the Directory of New York State Certified MWBEs found at the following internet address:
http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html. E. Where MWBE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document “good faith efforts” to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as
sub-contractors or suppliers in the performance of the Contract. F. Where it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MWBE participation requirements, Contractor may
submit in writing for the Owner’s consideration, the reasons for Contractor’s inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with an explanation of the efforts
taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MWBE participation. Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the Owner’s review
prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed. B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the performance
of MWBEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MWBE goals established in Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall
be responsible for implementing the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly,
reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce
Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D". Section 16.04 Reports and Records A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to
be used in submitting MBE/WBE Utilization Plans. Electronic versions are available in the E-Builder Resources Project or at https://fcs.cornell.edu/projectcontractors-and-consultants.
1. MWBE Utilization Plan 2. Affirmative Action Workforce Report 31 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action
Workforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor
and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E-Builder. C. The Contractor shall
permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The Contractor shall include
this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding upon each subcontractor. ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep
books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor
in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at
the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit
is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved..
Each Sub-Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor
shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 18 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION At
project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may
schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”,
Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on
account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor
shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides
such information to Cornell University. 32 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge
information concerning the Work (including news releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written
approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such
subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify
its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. Section
20.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract
which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to
its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in
writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for
the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions.
The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation
related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section
does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor
shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific
written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. 33 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 21 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive
officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's
Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes treating equally all persons
and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully
reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined
as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature,
and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to
this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations
of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell
University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. EXHIBIT "A" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions
to Change Order Documentation Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the Work. These forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements related
to Changes in the Work. The standard Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity
with construction contract requirements. These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective cost estimates for services associated
with the Changed Work for the Owner’s consideration and shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor – Include
the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project
Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter,
mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility
and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required
change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform
the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums
The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate as entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields at time of bid shall
be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the
proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A" EXHIBIT "A" CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY DATE: PCO # PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: DETAILED
DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1 DIRECT COST OF WORK: NAME OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTORS TOTAL PERFORMING WORK COST TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER ITEM $0 TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED
FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B" FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Sworn to before me this
Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City
Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents
payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract.
In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby
waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies
or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services,
materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are
identified as follows: . The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on
behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications
and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other
outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of
the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its
fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless
the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor
or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor
or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract
and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with
the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "C" GUARANTEE Date: In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we
hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s)
from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) (COMPANY) By: Title: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 1
MWBE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART I – PROJECT
INFORMATION e-Builder Project No. Project Name: Contract Value: Contractor Name and Address: Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date: % Goals MBE: 7.0% WBE: 3.1% Contractor’s
MWBE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: PART II – MWBE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit) Subcontractor Name, Address, Contact, Email, MBE or
WBE (List your firm if also MBE or WBE) Federal ID Number Dollar Value of Contract or Purchase Order Description of Work or Supplies Subcontractor or Supplier Start and End Dates
(Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list) Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title: Signature: Date:
MWBE Contract Percentages Summary % MBE Totals WBE Totals EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 2 MWBE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or
Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART III – Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub-subcontractors fill this out and submit to General
Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit. Month/Year: General Contractor, Subcontractor, SubSubcontractor, or Vendor Trade Dollar Value of SubContract
or Purchase Order MBE, WBE, or N/A % of Total Contract TOTALS 0 0 EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY WITH MBE AND WBE SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS Please print
or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title
and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "D" - FORM III EXHIBIT "E" LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: TRADE:
EFFECTIVE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE: Base Hourly Rate: $ Payroll Taxes and Insurance % per Hour F.I.C.A. Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work) State Unemployment (Base on 1500
hours of work) * Worker's Compensation * Bodity Injury & Property Damage Disability TOTAL % Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % = $ * Supplemental Benefits $ per
Hour Vacation Health & Welfare Pension Annuity Education / Training Industry Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $ Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxes/Insurance and Fringe Benefits $ Adjustment
for a composite rate which includes apprentices: $ CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Signature of Authorized Representative: Print Name: Print Title: I certify that the labor rates, insurance
enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and expenses are correct and in accordance with actual and true cost incurred. Rates are net Contractor cost after premium discounts and experience
modifications have been applied against manual rate. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "F” STORED MATERIALS INVOICING DOCUMENTATION PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT
NO. CONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. __________ DATE: 1 Material Identification Description: Quantity: Provide Specific Location of Materials
Stored: 2 Material Value Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value. $ 3 Certificate of Insurance Attach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate
shall name "Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials. 4 Transfer of Title The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed
materials to Cornell University at the time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains responsible for all contractual requirements
for the above listed materials including complete installation and providing of all warranties. Signed: Date: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "G" Contractor
Performance Evaluation Project Information Project Name:____________________________________________ Date Of Evaluation___________________ Project Number___________________________
Evaluators; Project Team_____________________________ Campus_________________________________ Project Start Date_________________________ Substantial Completion________________ Contractor___________
___________________________________ Prequalification Status_________________ Original Contract Amount__________________________________ Total Change Order Amount_____________ Contractor
Project Manager___________________________________________ Initial Evaluation_____ Contractor Superintendent____________________________________________ Final Evaluation_____ Type Of
Contract Prime Contractor___ Subcontractor___ Construction Manager___ Project Comments/Description Performance Evaluation Please give one rating for each category. Add comments
as required to justify your rating. Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 1 Quality of Workmanship
Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of work a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications b. Workmanship quality and accuracy c. Tools- quality and sufficient
quantity d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel Comments: 2 Scheduling/Productivity Rate this contractor's performance with
regard to producing and meeting contract schedules and milestones a. Project schedule quality and completeness b. Controlling of project schedule c. Manpower allocation for maintaining
schedule d. Material deliveries to support project schedule e. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones f. Productivity of work force g. Ability to deal with
added work and unforeseen issues. Comments: 3 Subcontractor Management Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating subcontractors(if no subcontractors
rate overall management performance) Comments: 3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation For contractor information only a. Plumbing Contractor
overall Performance Comments: b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance Comments: c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons
Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 4 MBE/WBE Participation Rate this contractor's MBE/WBE solicitation effort and participation for this project
for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors Comments: 5 Safety Rate this contractor's performance in regards to project safety a. Timely submission of site specific safety program
b. Knowledge of OSHA standards c. Implementation of safety rules and regulations d. Promotion and creation of safety awareness e. Daily overall housekeeping f. Safety record g. Response
to safety concerns h. Awareness of public safety Comments: 6 Contract Administration Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract administration as per criteria below a.
Timely submission of complet and correct documentation required for insurance and bond b. Change order processing c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings, and change orders d.
Subcontractor payments made promptly e. Timely submission of complete and correct payment applications f. Quality of paperwork Comments: 7 Working Relationships Rate this contractor's
working relationships with other parties (Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.) Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed Expectation Improvement
Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 8 Supervisory Personnel Rating Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory personnel and project management staff
Comments: 9 Contract Close-Out Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project a. Timely completion of all punchlist items b. Timely resolution of all outstanding
change orders c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's, As-Builts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety) d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion
of any outstanding audit questions Comments: Summary Sheet Project:___________________________________________ Contractor:________________________________________ Rating Per Weight
Performance Categories Category % Scoring 1 Quality of Workmanship 0 15.00% 0 2 Scheduling 0 10.00% 0 3 Subcontractor Management 0 10.00% 0 4 MBE/WBE Participation 0 10.00% 0 5 Safety
0 10.00% 0 6 Contract Administration 0 10.00% 0 7 Working Relationships 0 10.00% 0 8 On Site Supervisory Personnel Rating 0 18.00% 0 9 Contract Close Out 0 7.00% 0 Over All Rating 0
Rating Reference Fails to achieve expectation 1 Needs improvement 2 Fully achieves expectation 3 Frequently exceeds expectation 4 Consistently exceeds expectatio 5 OWNER COMMENTS:
OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings: CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: (To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUPPLEMENTAL
CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT PATHOGENS CONTAGIONS COVID-19 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS PROTOCOLS AND SAFETY REQUISITES TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY APPLICABLE TO PATHOGENS, CONTAGIONS AND/OR
COVID-19 VIRUS In response to the public health emergency for the COVID-19, requirements, recommendations and guidelines from civil authorities including, but not limited to, New York
State Executive Orders, CDC, OSHA and New York State Department of Health (herein after referred to as “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”) surrounding health and safety measures
designed to eliminate or reduce the transmission of the COVID-19 virus, these Supplemental Conditions are provided for guidance for construction related work. Contractors and businesses
are further required to comple with applicable “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” mandatory directives and health and safety practices issued. 1.0 These Supplemental Conditions
apply to the current COVID-19 pandemic, but may also apply to any existing or future pathogen or contagion impacting construction activity and necessitating protective health and safety
measures for worker safety, the general public, and any personnel connected to the advancement of Work on this, or any applicable project. 1.1 The purpose of this document is to
set forth recommended elements and practices to safeguard the public and all persons connected to each project for Cornell University. 1.2 The direction from “COVID-19 Authorities
and Guidelines” are applicable to businesses, entities, and services, and they must comply with the most recent direction. Contractor obligations include modification of all their
existing protocols and practices as necessary to adhere to the most current modifications to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”. 2.0 Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract
with Owner as provided in the General Conditions and General Requirements are unchanged. Nothing contained herein shall alter or modify the Contractor’s exclusive control over the
job site, subcontractors, project labor, Health & Safety Plans, Protocols, Measures, or the Contractor’s exclusive control over the methods and means associated with any and all of
the foregoing elements. 2.1 Cornell University possesses neither control nor any right of control over the job site, project labor, health & safety practices or programs, or methods
and means of advancing the Contracted Work. 2.2 These Supplemental Conditions are provided to the Contractor for the attainment of Contractor’s fully compliant health and safety
measures and practices communicated by applicable civil authorities as requirements, recommendations, and/or guidance necessary to engage in qualifying construction activities. 2.3
Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract with Owner as provided in the General Conditions and General Requirements shall remain and include, but not limited to: 2.3.1 Contractors
and their subcontractors and suppliers are required at all times to guard the safety and health of all persons on and in the vicinity of the work site 2 2.3.2 Contractors and their
subcontractors and suppliers are required to comply with all applicable rules, regulations, codes, and bulletins of the New York State Department of Labor and the standards imposed
under the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (“OSHA”) and New York State Executive Orders 2.3.3 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers are
also required to comply with all applicable job site safety requirements 2.3.4 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers must comply with all County, City or State of New
York safety requirements for projects within the City or State of New York constructed in accordance with the applicable Building Code, and contractors are required to provide written
Safety Plans for the site demonstrating how all applicable safety requirements are to be implemented for all elements of the Work for the duration of the contract. 3.0 Contractors,
their subcontractors and suppliers, and workers are required to adhere to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” to prevent or limit the possible exposure or spread of COVID-19, pathogens,
or contagions (as applicable). 3.1 To that end, Contractor shall develop a written Health & Safety Plan related to the protective measures and protocols Contractor shall employ on
the Project in response to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” necessary to manage and mitigate the exposure or transmission of COVID-19, pathogens, or contagions (as applicable).
3.2 This Plan shall be submitted to the Owner prior to start of Construction Activity on the Campus. Owner’s receipt of the subject Plan is to document that measures and practices
are in place, not for substantive review or approval. 3.3 Health and safety practices constitute a continuing compliance obligation, Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers
must remain current with, and immediately implement updated health and safety protocols and practices as they are published. The Campus may request updated elements of the Contractor’s
written safety plan to address evolving best practices for measures and/or practices of the “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”. 3.4 The Contractor must notify Cornell immediately
upon discovery of any employees of their firm, or subcontractors, or suppliers that are, or have been working on the Cornell Campus that have been confirmed to have COVID-19 contagion.
4.0 Guidance & General Recommendations for Inclusion in the Plan: 4.1 Information for local health departments can be found at www.health.ny.gov 4.2 OSHA Guidance on Preparing Workplaces
for COVID-19 can be found at www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3990.pdf 4.3 Comply with all OSHA requirements in accordance with the Hazard Communication (Global Harmonization) Standard
at https://coronavirus.health.ny.gov/home 4.4 Centers for Disease Control -- https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/index.html 3 5.0 Project Closure: 5.1 Where work is suspended
on a project, contractors are directed to follow any additional project shut-down protocols as provided by the Owner. Including, but not limited to, photographs, securing the work
site and project status narrative. 6.0 Contractor expressly agrees to fully comply and remain exclusively responsible for the implementation of applicable Contractor Health and Safety
Protocols and Measures as set forth in applicable and then current Guidance for Construction Activities. Express Contractor agreement to the foregoing and Contractor submission of the
Plan are conditions precedent to engage in any onsite construction activity. MARCH 9, 2020 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT CORNELL
UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ...............................
.....................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................
.1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS .........................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ..................................................................................
.......2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS .........................................
.........................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ....................
...........................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ..............................................................1 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES ...................
...........................................................2 1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION ..........................................................................2 1.5 PARKING ........................
..................................................................................2 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ................................3 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE
AND COORDINATION ............................4 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS...................................................................4 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES,
ETC. ........................5 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. ...................................5 1.11 STAND DOWN DATES ...............................................................
....................6 1.12 WORKING HOURS ..........................................................................................6 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ..........................................
...............................................6 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................6 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS
AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .............................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................
................................1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .........................................
....................................................2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.6 PROCEDURES..........................
........................................................................3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ........................................................3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S
OPTIONS ............................................................................4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .............................................................................................6
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ..........................................................................7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ..........................................................8
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ...................................................................................8 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .................................................................
........................8 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................8 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT
MEETINGS ......................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL .........................................................................................................
...........1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ..........................................
.......................1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS ..................................................................................3 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) .................................
.....................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ....................................
...................................................4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................
................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ..........................................................................
.........................1 1.4 PROCEDURES..................................................................................................1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW .....................................
...............................................2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ...........................
..............................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION
01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .......................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ..................................................................................................
..................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ........................................
..........................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ...........................................................................1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS ..............................
...................................................2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS -
NOT USED ..........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION ...................................................................................
............................3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION................................................................................................3 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
........................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION...........
.......................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................................
...1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION .................................................................
..............................................1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ....................................................1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .....................................
....................................1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................1 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
..........................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE................................................
.1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS ...........................................................................................3 1.4 PRODUCT DATA ....................................................................
.........................3 1.5 SAMPLES..........................................................................................................4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL
SUBMITTALS.......5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ......................................................................6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................
...........8 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................................................10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...............................................................
................11 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................11 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ..............................................................
...................12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION..............................................................................................13 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................
................................................13 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .....................................................................................13 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL
HEALTH & SAFETY ....................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................
1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN ....................................1
1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS .......................................................................2 1.4 ASBESTOS.......................................................................................
.................3 1.5 LEAD .................................................................................................................3 1.6 SITE VISITS ........................................
..............................................................3 1.7 CONFINED SPACE ..........................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS
– NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................
................3 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ....................1 1.0 GENERAL ............................................................................
........................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................
................................................................1 1.3 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.4
JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE .....................................2 1.6
SPOIL AND BORROW ....................................................................................2 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION .......................................................................
........2 1.8 DUST CONTROL .............................................................................................3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...........................................
..........3 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK ....................4 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS .......................................................4 1.12 DISPOSAL
OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ........................................5 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL .....................................................
.........................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION .....................
..................................................................1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ..................................................................1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING
AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5 3.0
EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................5 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ...............................................
.1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .........................................
....................................1 1.2 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1 1.3 COMPLIANCE...............................
...................................................................1 1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS
– NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................
................2 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ....................................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................
................................................................................1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.......................................................1 1.2 RELATED
DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................2 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...........................................................................................
........2 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS .................................................................................4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ..............................................................
................4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................................5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED ..................................................................
......................17 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ......................................................................................17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL ...........................
............................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION........
..........................................................................................1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ..................................................1 1.3
CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS.......................................................2 1.4 TESTING ...................................................................................................
........3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ......................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ..................................................................
.......................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY
FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ...........................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ...............................................
.................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.........................................................1 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION .............................................
..............................1 2.3 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ..................................................................................3 2.4 SUPPORTS ................................................
........................................................3 2.5 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES ........................................................................4 2.6 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
................................................................5 2.7 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION ..................................................5 2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE
PROTECTION ..........................8 2.9 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS ...................................................8 2.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS .................................
..................8 2.11 SECURITY ........................................................................................................8 2.12 FIELD OFFICES ........................................
.......................................................8 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................9
3.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................9 3.2 GENERAL ........................................................................
.................................9 3.3 REMOVAL ........................................................................................................9 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
...............................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ...............................................
.................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER ..........................1 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR ............................................................
..2 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ..................................................3 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE .............................4 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY
FACILITIES .......................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4
3.1 REMOVAL ........................................................................................................4 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION ...................
..............................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION......................
............................................................................1 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY............................................................................................1
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ..........................................................
.............................1 SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL .............................1 1.0 GENERAL ..........................................................................
..........................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS .........................
.........................................................................1 1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...............1 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ................................
.....................................1 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS ................2 1.6 INSPECTIONS .............................................................................
.....................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ....................................
...................................................3 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ......................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ......................................
..............................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ........................................................1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE.........................................................................................
1 1.4 CAMPUS SITE / PALM ROAD STORAGE ....................................................2 1.5 PROTECTION ............................................................................................
.......3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .......................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ...........................................................................
..............4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING
AND REPAIRING ...................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1
1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ....................................................................
..............................2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.4 WARRANTIES ...............................................
..................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................4 2.1
MATERIALS .....................................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION .......................................................................
........................................4 3.1 INSPECTION ....................................................................................................4 3.2 PREPARATION ........................
........................................................................5 3.3 PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................................5
3.4 CLEANING .......................................................................................................7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT ..............................................
.......................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 INSPECTIONS ............................
......................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ...........................................................................................3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ................................................................
................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .........................................
..............................................3 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................1 1.0 GENERAL ...............................................
.....................................................................1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................................1 1.2 ROOF SYSTEM
INVENTORY ........................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
.................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................
................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................1
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ................................................................................2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................3
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................6
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ..............................................6 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................7
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................7 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ..........................................................
.............................7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS ...........................................................1 1.0 GENERAL .........................................................
...........................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUMMARY
.......................................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS .............................................................................
......................1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.............................................
........................2 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................3 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED ...................................................
..........................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ..........................................
.....................................................................4 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................4 3.2 TIME
OF SUBMITTALS .................................................................................4 3.3 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE .....................................................................5
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS...................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................
................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND
SAMPLES..................................1 1.3 RECORDING ....................................................................................................1 1.4 SUBMITTAL .........................
............................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE
WORK REBID BAKER LAB SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. This project involves
partial removal of the existing roof and installation of a new roofing system including insulation and asbestos abatement. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS
of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by
the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications
or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to
cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective
portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery,
material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation
in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor
shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in
themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK REBID BAKER LAB SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A.
The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract
work with work performed under others contracts. B. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG): 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including coordinating
any scheduling associated with the Project. 2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the
Contractor’s bid. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER
LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant
with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other
local laws and regulations. B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of
emergency vehicles at all times. C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons,
equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross
open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. D. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access to all facilities
in the area. E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to
all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials
and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner’s Representative. G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt
and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. H. The Contractor shall
limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New
York WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 I. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed
in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through
the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. J. It is the Owner’s expectation
that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel lifts, material handling equipment,
on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion
of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. K. Routes to and from the location
of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative.
1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction
of law enforcement, as to whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should make this decision with the awareness that Cornell response to any
project needs (shutdowns, emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal operating standards. B. With your safety as a top priority, the
Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to become a personal safety device for you.
Contractor’s wishing to participate may text the following: CornellAlert to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised that you may stop receiving messages
at any time by sending “stop” to CornellAlert. There will also be a system generated “stop” every year on August 1st at which point you will need to send the text CornellAlert to re-enlist.
1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION A. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued Water Use Restrictions in place at the time of construction. 1.5 PARKING A. The Owner may designate
an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles on the project site. B. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons
from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01
14 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 C. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for
all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager, Tammy J. Johnson, for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete
a “New Construction Employee Form” for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. D. Contractor shall cooperate
with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and
others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. E.
The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the
Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in
the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY
OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that
will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building
services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner’s discretion.
Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut
off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition,
shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed
by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. CORNELL
UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 F. Maintain domestic water and firewater
in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell
Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and
requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner’s Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL
911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location
and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary
changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to
obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes.
4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in
locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract
and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such
equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork,
conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items
are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers,
motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of
construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than
"design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of
equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited
to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment
required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet
approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide
equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed,
Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner.
Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine
all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and
Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify
all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated
on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York
WORK RESTRICTIONS REBID BAKER LAB WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings
are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided “FOR INFORMATION
ONLY”. The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. 1.11 STAND DOWN DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor’s
management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. 1. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Thursday, Friday
June 11 - 12, 2021 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Friday, June 12, 2021 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop
at noon 1.12 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday-Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating
activities that could disturb campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may
submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to
assume that it will be granted. B. During Construction periods, no work shall take place prior to 9AM in a Residence Hall, Fraternity, Co-Op, Sorority, or any type of Housing Unit.
Residence Halls require 72 hours notification to the Student & Academic Services representative prior to entering a Residence Hall or Student Room. This does not apply to Fraternity,
Co-Op or Sorority House which require 24 hours notification to the Facilities Manager. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS
AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this
Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as unavailability of product,
or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes
proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating
into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar
intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged
from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance,
physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT
OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's
product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named
in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution
Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A.
Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products
by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate
and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected,
even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction
methods. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH
9, 2020 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A.
Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents
or Approvals - General 1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be
deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word “products”
shall be deemed to include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”, “equipment” and “methods”. Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words “similar
and equal to” shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer
or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its
option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B
of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its
own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish
such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed
as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor
shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall
have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed
by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS
AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of
proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts,
bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days
of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed
equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to
it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently
in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent;
or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the
Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign
of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and
shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and
such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated
in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any
product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products:
a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the following”, and include a list
of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
- Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS
AND 01 25 00-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available
Products” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products
listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products by one of the following”,
and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will
not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs
titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one
of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of
an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers,
provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”,
and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements.
- Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. - Substitutions may be considered, unless
otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include
a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements
in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID
BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal",
the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Proposal Submission
Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and
no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer.
Substitutions will be at the sole discretion of the Owner. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change,
but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty
(30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for
substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution
﴾1﴿ is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; ﴾2﴿ will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; ﴾3﴿ will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's
Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and ﴾4﴿ will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product
description. - Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each
installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 5.
The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not
be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested
by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance
of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's
request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required
submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent
with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed
product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics,
warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. CORNELL
UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS REBID BAKER LAB SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8 ROOF REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS MARCH 9, 2020 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S
REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor
thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination
with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the
responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution
into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution
which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations
to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION
01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings
throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements
for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a.
To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers
attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date
of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants
4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS REBID BAKER
LAB PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction
Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation
of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca,
New York PROJECT MEETINGS REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Contractor’s Project Site Specific Plan
12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not
less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General
Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since
previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures
and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review
submittal schedules; expedite as required CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH
9, 2020 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule
and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 15. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative
at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre-installation conferences where required by individual
specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub-consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers,
testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI’s, safety, logistics, material procurement,
quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days
after the meeting. B. Submit a list of pre-installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION
– NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT REBID BAKER LAB ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic
Project Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance
of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions
Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system
that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored
and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e-PM system to enter the Project Documentation
listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e-PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system,
and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the
training as needed shall be included in the Contractor’s proposal. C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will
allow the Contractor’s personnel to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software:
1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/downloading capability. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT REBID BAKER LAB ELECTRONIC
PROJECT 01 31 50-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2020 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production. 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high
volume of project documents clearly and quickly. 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera. 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software. D. Contractor
shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that
occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items,
daily reports, site photos and/or videos and preconstruction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate
with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact
information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the
ePM Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor’s exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to
RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor
shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence):
Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond,
time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System
as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System
are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor
shall post and/or update on a daily basis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT REBID BAKER LAB ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2020 I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports
include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall
upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non-Conforming Work 4. Special Events
5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and
any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals
that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance:
The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change
Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change
Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall
create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM
system. Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT REBID BAKER LAB ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM MARCH 9, 2020 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either
system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on the project
shall actively participate in the e-PM system. Requirements for participation in the e-PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REBID BAKER LAB CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1
ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare
and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences
will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress
schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions
of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of
a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To
allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification
section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion
of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REBID BAKER
LAB CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre-Installation
meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be
completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings,
Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn-around
time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule
may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time
for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS
REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified
since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated
delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REBID BAKER LAB
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress
Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit
within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30)
calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute
copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems
anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION REBID BAKER LAB PHOTOGRAPHIC
DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition
photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph.
2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E-Builder within five (5) days of taking photographs. 3. Each photograph shall be identified with
project title, date, and a description of the view. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs
of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely
documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing
MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a
manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section
includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
5. Coordination Drawings 6. Certification of Asbestos free products 7. Owner audio/visual 8. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or
in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples
and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be
submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF
shall be used minimally. Any nonelectronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder importation. It will be part of the contract documents
and turned over to the Contractor in native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of the registry including addition of dates identified
below and other information as deemed necessary by the Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-2
ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which
they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. C. The Submittal Registry shall
include the following information: 1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review) 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor review) 3. Subsection
(by Architect for Contractor review) 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock-Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.)
(by Architect for Contractor review) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal (by Architect for Contractor review) 6. Name of
Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional) 7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided,
required) 9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required) 10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 11. Date for material
or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required) 12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required) D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal.
Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect’s Duties below. E. Distribution:
Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing
all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor’s preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall
also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated.
A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. F. Updating:
The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals
may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale
by skilled draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract
Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include
fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of
products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by
field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and
returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a “Record Document”. 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules,
performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being
asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices
and options. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring
or piping diagrams and controls. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9,
2020 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide
information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: a.
For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with
action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”. 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials,
color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of
the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project
site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples
cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify
Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation
in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 5. Preliminary Submittals:
Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. 6.
Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project
Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically
via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications,
manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications
by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings,
calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness
of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent
testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or instructions.
F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically
marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-6 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated
layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including
but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show
mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF
formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination
drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will
be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems
and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves,
piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural
and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors,
laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated
installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited
to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown
on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings
where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings
by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract
drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and
shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the
design intent. 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations.
Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional
and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other
portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the
Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to
accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements
for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for
access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically
note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches
to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended
ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire-rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other
required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead-mounted equipment,
and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other
components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fullydimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space.
Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving,
and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and
elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fireprotection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate
clear areas required for access and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-8 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un-scheduled penetrations and openings
where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights.
Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes
and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers,
valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal
conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board,
switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.
Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical
elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler
heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign-Off: Contractor and each entity performing
portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the
details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are
otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor’s responsibility
for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination
drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve
submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements
of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-9 ROOF
REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction
criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure
to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible
for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions. 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination
of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All
other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional
cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It
is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by
letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until
all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect
shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for
proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material
is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01
33 00-10 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal
Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential
activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal
sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each
submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals.
The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's
reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing
time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work
and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because
of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by
the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall
render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES 01 33 00-11 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying
to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements
of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal
documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified
as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for
the Architect’s stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification
of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must
specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise
noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous
submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made
other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-12 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph
5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been
found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal
according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. “Rejected (REJ)” indicates that Work covered by submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary
to obtain different action mark. 5. “On Hold (ONH)” is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared
and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. “Not Reviewed (NRV)” is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the
Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them. 7. “For Record Only (FRO)”: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality
Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b.
Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. CORNELL
UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES REBID BAKER LAB SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-13 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed
Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5.
Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site
or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL
HEALTH & SAFETY REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section
provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in
the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract.
In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce
or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University
representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for
the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project’s PSSP. The template may be downloaded at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/osh/occupation
al-safety/contractor-safety/Pages/default.aspx 1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University’s expectations for
providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan’s that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments
for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e-Builder for review and comment.
B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must
submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner’s Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases
no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn-around shall coordinate their submittal
with the Owner’s Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall’s Office and Contract College’s Codes
Enforcement Official, if applicable. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor
is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP’s are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project’s PSSP is accurately maintained
throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor’s original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project
Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor
personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s)
are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS
Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code-§202.2).
3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University’s Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200
or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University’s subject matter expert. 1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS A. The preferred method for Aerial Work Platforms (AWPs) boom storage is
fully retracted and fully lowered to the ground. B. In some circumstances booms may need to be stored in the air because of vandalism concerns, minimal size of storage location, etc.
1. If this is case, the area under the elevated boom must be blocked or arranged such that prevents people from walking, standing, working or parking vehicles underneath. 2. When booms
are stored in the air consult the extended weather forecast. Booms should not be stored in the air during predicted high winds, or severe storms. AWPs become unstable at winds or
gusts greater than 25 mph and must be fully lowered to prevent a tip-over. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL HEALTH
& SAFETY 01 35 29-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.4 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion,
prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free.
The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing
of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor
as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal
of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with Division 2 specifications. 1.5 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor
shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect
its workers based on the Contractor’s means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor
proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers,
the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.6 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by
Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident
to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.7 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined
space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL
HEALTH & SAFETY BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 EXISTING ASBESTOS INFORMATION 003126.23 - 1 DOCUMENT
003126.23 – EXISTING ASBESTOS INFORMATION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Cornell University has retained the services of Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, Endwell, New York, to preform
roof cuts and survey the roof sections to be replaced on Baker Lab Building suspected to contain asbestos. The following report is bound herein. 1. Cornell University, Pre - Renovation
Asbestos Survey Report, Performed at Baker Lab (2019) Roof Sections 2019-002, 2019-012, 2019-015, 2019-016, 2019-017, 2019-018, and 2019-019 Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus.
B. The report positively identified the following ACM: 1. Homogenous Area (HA) 04 Asbestos Containing Materials Lap Sealant, Roof 2019-018 2. Homogenous Area (HA) 08 Asbestos Containing
Materials Lap Sealant, Roof 2019-002 3. Homogenous Area (HA) 12 Asbestos Containing Materials Lap Sealant, Roof 2019-012 4. Homogenous Area (HA) 16 Asbestos Containing Materials Coping
Stone Repair Tar, Roof 2019012 C. A breakdown of asbestos-containing materials by Homogeneous Area is as follows: 1. Lap Sealant, HA’s 04, 08 and 12: The asbestos-containing lap sealant
is located at all seams on the main field EPDM roofing and associated repair patch seams on Roof Sections 2019-002, 2019012, 2019-015, 2019-016, 2019-017 & 2019-018 (Roof Sections 2019-015,
2019-016, 2019-017 & 2019-018 were determined to be homogenous). 2. Coping Stone Repair Tar, HA 16: This asbestos containing repair tar is located on the coping stone at Roof Section
2019-012. D. Refer to Division 02 Section “Asbestos Abatement” for Scope of Work and regulatory requirements for abatement under this project. END OF DOCUMENT 003126.23 CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the
project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section
and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements
of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control B. Section 01 57 13 – Soil Erosion and Sediment Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01
33 00 – Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials (“borrow”). 2. Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal
Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste
materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent
supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS REBID
BAKER LAB GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS MARCH 9, 2020 B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this Section,
or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There
shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner
may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that
portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum
practical exposure of soils. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly
disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future
use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW A. Spoil 1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, is unfit to be
used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract. 2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area. 3. Spoil
areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies. B. Borrow Material 1. Borrow material shall be provided from
a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location
and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter. 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at
all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits
as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip
all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York
GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS MARCH 9, 2020 1.8 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling
dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust
control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner
will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to control dust.
C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of
users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable
codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include
protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction
procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant
into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate,
arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into
any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of
trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved
by the Owner’s site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary
precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca,
New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS MARCH 9, 2020 C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete
curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water
quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary
sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s
Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures. 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from
the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner’s Representative
in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections
may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper
with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s Representative. 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees,
agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of
the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell
University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and
Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of
Contractor’s performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus.
Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site
disposal. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS MARCH
9, 2020 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s
Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal
of the waste material. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions
associated with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at: https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/env/solid-waste/construction-demolition-waste/Pages/default.aspx C. Contractor
shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous
waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time
Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates
of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations
and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION
01 35 43*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements
shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner
as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall
be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has
been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located
in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with
all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable
for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns
associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the
Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that
are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up
the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist,
leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1.3). CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
REBID BAKER LAB SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2)
creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed
prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route,
through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish
sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment
in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment
dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the
released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards
to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall
monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment
of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material
in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed
of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall
not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment
in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary,
to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed,
including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor
shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate
the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible
measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations,
collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4)
ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9,
2020 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with
the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must
be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200,
within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL
of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill
must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain
or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater
or onto surface water. A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable
quantities of chemicals or “harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When
making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical
name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material
released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or
other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for,
the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL
CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps
being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance
required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR
Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable
phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description
of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description
of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers
reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for
knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you.
(2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining
shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01
35 44*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01
41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the
Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe, fill, street use
and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner’s meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction
(AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and
Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also
provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained
through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire
detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration
–Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection,
or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not
require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement
cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS REBID BAKER LAB REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors,
and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while
in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the
project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor
and a copy of the permit. If no permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 42 00
REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes,
specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such
reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. NYS Uniform Code a. International Building Code b. International
Residential Code c. International Existing Building Code d. International Fire Code e. International Plumbing Code f. International Mechanical Code g. International Fuel Gas Code h.
International Property Maintenance Code i. Uniform Code Supplement 2. NYS Energy Code a. International Energy Conservation Code b. ASHRAE 90.1 c. Energy Code Supplement 3. National
Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances. 7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements
and not contrary to same. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. “General”: Basic Contract
definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions,
General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of
the Agreement. C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. “The
Work”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment
incorporated in such construction. E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation. F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice
architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in
number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction
Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract
or agreement with Contractor. I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval. J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings,
in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.” L. “Regulations”: Laws,
ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of
the Work. M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca,
New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former
position. P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for. Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. “Concealed’: Work installed in pipe shafts, chases
or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. “Exposed”: All capital Work not identified as concealed. T. “Project Site”: Space available for
performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes
both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the
project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The “record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect
based on the working as-built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W. “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts,
brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. “Samples”: Physical examples
furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions
describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established
on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish",
"install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES
01 42 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into
an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - International Brotherhood
of Electrical Workers Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and
Allied Craftworkers Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Local #785 - Laborers International Union
of North America The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to
or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals
employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided,
however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract
Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to
the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity.
Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly
from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they
shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change
and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES
01 42 00-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for
Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from
Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building
Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS
AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities
in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum
Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance
Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202)
624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA
American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American
Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America
(The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape
Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA
APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute
(202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers
(404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American
Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding
Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9,
2020 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee
(866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings
& Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers
Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org
(202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI
Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH
9, 2020 CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500
www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org
GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-i
nstitute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42
00-10 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H.
P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369
www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org
IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating
Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization
for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net
(702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-11
ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org
LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers
Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
(312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222
www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings
Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National
Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American
Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222
www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable &
Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association
(301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200
www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317)
972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776
www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901)
377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National
Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 ROOF
REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation
Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic
Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
(312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org
(978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post-Tensioning
Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering
Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724)
776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES
01 42 00-14 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843)
626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National
Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North
America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847)
438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.or
g TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312)
670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577
www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste
Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door
Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889
www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations
and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites
are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org
(562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall
mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the
date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department
of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888)
225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES REBID BAKER LAB REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards
and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA)
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000
www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000
www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 42 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB
QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor
Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include
surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality
control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the
CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations
are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. When practical, pre-installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule
progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment
of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures
and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips,
and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification
for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB QUALITY CONTROL
01 45 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi.
Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project
Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect’s Representative v. Owner’s Representative 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable
feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and
equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary
work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial
Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract
requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular
work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative
at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note
any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection
or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work
and acceptance of the completed project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9,
2020 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority
to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative
shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e-Builder to track nonconforming
materials or sub-standard workmanship identified by Owner’s Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and
by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of
all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate,
maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor’s option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not
violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously
available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services
and hospitals. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations
are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and protection program for personnel at Project site. Review
needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01
50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 1. Impairments “Fire Code of NYS
Section 901.7”. Impairment; “the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building.” There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The
removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. - Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to
Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. - No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm “system” or sprinkler
“system”. Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. - Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having
Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. - Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person’s
name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment
ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire
Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply
system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional
temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match
hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers,
fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection
services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 8. At earliest feasible
date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fireprotection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel
on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire-safety discipline: 1. Store
combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity
of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely
supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and
fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted
under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition
within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental
Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety
for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness,
tie-off points, and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain
all equipment in a safe condition. 2.4 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases,
braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES
AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 B. Any and all supports that are of “custom” fabrication or installation shall
be designed by the Contractor’s NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.5 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure
for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of
construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions,
provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials.
3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or
curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas
of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees
and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable
codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where
fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure
systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing
removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure
systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately
after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES
AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 2.6 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and
operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property
owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.7 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing
trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with
construction. 1. Employ certified arborist to remove, and to treat cuts. C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants.
Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details for wood and chain fencing below. D. Protect root zones of
trees, plants and lawn areas: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or
liquids. 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace,
or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or
cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation by certified arborist. H. During the leafing-out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised
to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. I. Consult Cornell University Grounds Department
for mitigation of roof or tree damage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6 ROOF REPLACEMENT
AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND
CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-8 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND
CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect all personnel,
employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert
persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 3.
Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and employees. 2.9 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve
all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas.
B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when
necessary to prevent blowing dust. 2.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. B. Owner Construction
Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage. 2.11 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the
interests of the Owner. 2.12 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-9 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may
be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious
accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements
specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain,
clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction,
by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work,
free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended
with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once
a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project.
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or
to original condition. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-10 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND
CONTROLS MARCH 9, 2020 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations
to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY
UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary
utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility
company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions,
and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric
power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the
capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long
as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of
these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and
charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided
is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained
for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to
be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting
to be provided is as follows: 1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal-resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside
of the construction fence. 2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel. F. Three-phase temporary power circuits
shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and
maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated
when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner
or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall
provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating
to shutdowns. H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2.
Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR A. Use of Existing Elevator 1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall: a. Provide adequate protection for
such equipment and shall operate such equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or regulation. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY
UTILITIES REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved by the Owner's
Representative. c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of Contractor’s
use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial
use. d. Use only elevators designated by Owner’s Representative at dates and times designated by Owner’s Representative. Dates and times available for Contractor’s use shall be scheduled
with, and at the convenience of, the Owner, and may vary during the course of the Project. e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use. f. Do not
load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. g. Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance
doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return
items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance
contractor to gain access to the elevator shaft as required to complete the work 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary
for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating
system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance
plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation
outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building’s
permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each returnair grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and
debris, replace if necessary and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout. D. Any temporary system shall be removed when
no longer required. E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES REBID BAKER LAB TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation
of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including
but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to
the Project. 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times. B. Provide phone number to Cornell
project representatives for communication during Work. 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction.
The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such
usage. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations
or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** CORNELL
UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23 Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION REBID BAKER LAB HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 01 51 23-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING
CONSTRUCTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish the following: 1. Protect the existing facility
and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold temperatures. 2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.
Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract. B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required. C. Existing central steam systems
may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall be corrected prior to the
conclusion of work. D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat. E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional
order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat. B. The Contractor
shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to provide heat during any portion of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END
OF SECTION 01 51 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT SEDIMENT
CONTROL MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and implementing an Erosion
and Sediment Control Plan. B. This Section describes minimum standards for the prevention and control of erosion during the construction process and may not be sufficient for all sites.
The Contractor shall remain responsible for the means and methods of preventing erosion and may be required to employ additional means and methods as required to prevent violations
of local, state, or federal standards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as specified herein. B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. 1.3 PLAN
AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Plan shall comply with design specifications in the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control, NYS Stormwater Management
Design Manual, NYSDEC Technical and Operational Guidance Series, good engineering practices, and this Section. B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed and approved by
the Environmental Health and Safety Office, and implemented prior to any site work. C. Maintain Erosion and Sediment Control measures throughout the course of site construction activities
until vegetative growth is established to the Owner’s satisfaction. D. At conclusion of the Project, remove all remaining temporary erosion control structures and properly dispose
of accumulated sediment on-site in areas approved by the Owner. 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A. At no time shall construction operations or any related disturbance of the site result in
the impairment of local waterways. “Impairment” is defined by regulations as including, but not limited to, the following: 1. The release of water into receiving waters that causes
a substantial visible contrast to natural conditions; or 2. The deposition of significant sediment into such waters. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION
AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT SEDIMENT CONTROL MARCH 9, 2020 B. Such deficiencies shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor
to prevent further impairment. C. In addition, and without notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall also have the right, based on the Owner’s independent assessment, to stop work or
engage other contractor(s) to construct or correct such work as may be necessary to prevent the impairment of waterways, and to charge all costs related to such corrective or additional
actions against the Contract. D. Acceptance of an Erosion and Sediment Control plan shall not in any way imply that the plan will be adequate in preventing impairment of waters, or
that maintenance and modification will not be necessary. Rather, acceptance of the plan authorizes the Contractor to begin installation of the control measures under the assumption
the appropriate maintenance and modification will be required throughout the life of the project to meet the project requirements. E. The Contractor’s responsibilities under this Section
shall end upon final completion and payment of the Work of the entire Contract. 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS A. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan submitted shall
specifically address project measures, features, and areas critical to proper site erosion and sediment control. The Plan shall specifically include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Site Map, to scale; 2. Measures to prevent stormwater from running onto the disturbed areas of the site; 3. Inlet protection for storm sewers and catch basins; 4. Measures to be
used for dewatering; and 5. Measures to be used for soil stabilization, runoff control, and sediment control, including specific measures for the following: a. Site entrance stabilization
b. Staging areas c. Material and soil stock piles d. Concrete curing operations e. Disturbed areas of the site In addition to the requirements included in these specifications, specific
erosion control measures shown on the Contract Drawings, if any, shall also be required. B. All features shall be designed and installed in accordance with the references included in
Paragraph 1.3 – Plan and Implementation General Requirements of this Section. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL REBID BAKER LAB
SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT SEDIMENT CONTROL MARCH 9, 2020 C. Keep access roads and public roads clear of mud and construction debris at all times. Maintain dust control
measures throughout construction. 1.6 INSPECTIONS A. At the sole discretion of the Owner, inspections may be performed by a third party or on-staff representative of the Owner. 1. The
Owner may inspect the site at any time, without prior notification, for compliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and applicable local, state and federal regulations. Any
instances of non-compliances or failure to meet the performance standards found must be resolved within 24 hours, with more immediate responses as required to mitigate active erosion
during storm events or similar instances. 2. Modify the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as necessary, to provide full compliance with the performance standards. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT
USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 57 13*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION REBID BAKER LAB STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66
00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source.
B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive
to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete
with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities
are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials
stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with
the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with
product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New
York STORAGE AND PROTECTION REBID BAKER LAB STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated
as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that
area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame,
and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere
with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the
Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 CAMPUS SITE / PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm
Road or other Campus site shall be stored at the Contractor’s sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. Due to
work at the Palm Road lot, staging space it limited and not guaranteed to be provided. If staging space is needed a request should be submitted to the Project Manager. B. The Contractor
agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage or other assigned Campus site associated with the Contractor’s storage. C. The Contractor
understands that Cornell makes “no” warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road or other assigned Campus site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup
of any site contamination caused by the Contractor’s storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the
same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials
and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found
in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors
who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted
at the Palm Road or any Campus site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. The Contractor will be responsible for securing and maintaining any Campus site area
designated to them. All contractor trailers or storage containers located on Cornell Campus Property will need to file for a building permit with the Town of Ithaca. If the trailer/container
is there longer than 180 days, the trailer/container will need to meet the Building Code requirements of a permanent structure. The trailer/container will need a means of egress that
can be operated from the inside and a fire extinguisher. The contractor will also need to file for a demolition permit when the trailer/container is removed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION REBID BAKER LAB STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 H. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project
fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone -
607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email – db@ithacaplastics.com. 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary
to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the
Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing
utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on
the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All
finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled,
shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of
the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected,
which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished
concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor
has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish
shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces
including but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION REBID BAKER
LAB STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control
traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in
and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and
stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials
in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed
and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces
from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape
areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER
LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover
portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B.
Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials
for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger
any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner’s Representative. E.
Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure.
F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation
and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. 3. Furnish and install all
sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER LAB
CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation
which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected
work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description
of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent
of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any
separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for
substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work
will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity for
load-deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a.
Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING
AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up
supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related
components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result
in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements
or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection
systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch
construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction
in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense
to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing
and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. b. Before beginning
cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies,
holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01
73 29-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including
work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings,
and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative
before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional
cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required
or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed
performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of inplace or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect
existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. B. After uncovering work, inspect
the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the
work until the Architect has provided further instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01
73 29-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the
Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations
free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the
building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods
which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting,
use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance
of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching
of services is required. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas
to demonstrate integrity of the installation. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6 ROOF
REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate
evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor
shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform
visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space.
Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform
color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls
by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls.
Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick
and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials.
9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather-tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing
manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories,
and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-top mounted items. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING REBID BAKER
LAB CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIRING MARCH 9, 2020 D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written
recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products
to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by
its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching
shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar,
oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original
condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the
Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a
detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a
list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the
Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been
met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s
punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete.
3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work
found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department,
or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection
System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work
classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired
must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: -
Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca,
New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 - Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more
than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system - Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. -
A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. - A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. - A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire
Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. - A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit
has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. - A modification
or extension of the piping for a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection
have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative
will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete
work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the
Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items:
Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest
floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls,
floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C.
Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT REBID BAKER LAB PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01 77 00-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and
occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove
from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or
impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall
be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades
is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly
cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space
or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished
and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the
commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and
clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures
and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS –
NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY REBID BAKER LAB FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
01 78 22-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list
of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated,
the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2.
Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The
Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields
for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’ disconnects
with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment
and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty
information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION
01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY REBID BAKER LAB FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm
Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil
• VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY REBID
BAKER LAB FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.2 ROOF SYSTEM INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Roof System Attributes
to be inventoried in an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall provide a dimensioned roof plan of the facility drawn to scale, Auto CAD or Microstation format. Each roof panel of
the roof system is to be labeled with a unique ROOF ID number that will reference the Excel template to properly inventory Roof System Attributes of each panel. Once populated, the
Contractor shall electronically return to the drawings to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. 1. Entire Roof Replacement Projects for a Facility: The Contractor is
to assign a ROOF ID to each panel of the newly installed roofing system. The ROOF ID will be comprised of the unique Cornell Facility Code number followed by an underscore and a three
digit number. (i.e. - Day Hall (Facility Code: 2026) - ROOF ID: 2006_001). 2. Partial Roof Replacement Projects for a Facility: The Owner will provide a graphically representation
of the facility’s roof plan with the ROOF ID numbers already assigned to each panel of the roof . The Contractor is responsible to transfer the assigned ROOF ID numbers to their
new drawings to be returned to the Owner’s representatives. C. The Contractor shall populate the template. Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return the list to the
Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each panel of the newly installed roof system shall include: 1. Roof Classification 2. Manufacturer (If applicable) 3. Description
of System 4. Roof Material 5. Installation Type 6. Slope of Roof (Low or Steep) 7. Roof ID (See Section 1.1.B) for additional information 8. Area of Roof Panel (SF) 9. Contractor
(Installer of Roof System) 10. Warranty Number (If applicable) 11. Warranty Expiration Date (If applicable) 12. Material Warranty Number (If applicable) 13. Material Warranty Expiration
Date (If applicable) 14. Asbestos Present (If any material remained in place during the reroofing project) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
REBID BAKER LAB FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 15. Insulation (Yes or No), Fastening type, Thickness 16. Flashing Material 17. Gutter Type (If
applicable) 18. Downspout Type (If applicable) 19. Roof Drain Type (If Applicable) 20. Roofing Substrate 21. Facility (State or Endowed) 22. Vapor Barrier Type 23. Installation Date
24. Cost per Square Foot 25. Remaining Useful Life (RUL) 26. Type of Heat Trace Element (If applicable) 27. Type Snow Guard Systems (If applicable) 28. Additional Comments as Applicable
D. The Contractor shall electronically submit the Roof System data as specified above and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals and Warranty data) to the Owner’s Representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER LAB
OPERATING AND 01 78 23-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile
product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified
in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall
be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system of complete manual
in final form. 1. Format: a. Size: 8-1/2” x 11”. b. Text: Manufacturer's, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings in electronic format - Drawings are required
in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. d. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide type description
of product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide indexed PDF bookmarks. - Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to
the various documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER LAB OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA
MARCH 9, 2020 e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: - Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. - Identity
of general subject matter covered in the manual. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible
principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone
number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific
product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable
information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which
has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER LAB OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3
ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment
and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record
Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings
for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information
sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information
on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products. d. Certification as to
asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which
are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER
LAB OPERATING AND 01 78 23-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information
on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance
data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for each unit
of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering
data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b.
Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine
operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants
required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER LAB OPERATING
AND 01 78 23-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations,
assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams
by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of
each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under
pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating
characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories
of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER LAB OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6
ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment
and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities
to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective
sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30)
calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of
copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated
operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all
shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full
detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method
of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA REBID BAKER
LAB OPERATING AND 01 78 23-7 ROOF REPLACEMENT MAINTENANCE DATA MARCH 9, 2020 D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless
otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by
Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES
AND BONDS REBID BAKER LAB WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A.
Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co-execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance
with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and
bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's
special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout." 3. Specific requirements for warranties for the
Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 40. 4. Certifications and other commitments and
agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product
warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign
special warranties with the Contractor. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products
and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend
time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS REBID BAKER LAB WARRANTIES
AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed requirements relating
to warranties and bonds. B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to standard and special
warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor shall warrant Work included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following acceptance of a Certificate of
Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance, materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents. B. Corrective Work: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar
days when requested by Owner. Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by Owner. Coordinate with Owner’s representative to schedule performance
of corrective work. Where designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner’s required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written
statement to Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding items, if any. 1. When a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs of the
malfunction of a system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time (employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner,
an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours and may require action during
non-normal working hours. 2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments
and/or repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor’s representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way jeopardize
the existing warranty. 3. The Owner’s service staff will advise the Contractor’s Representative of all temporary adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment
or facility. 4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four
(24) hours, the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and charge the Contractor for parts and labor. 5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the
Owner in relation to the above conditions are done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future warranty claims. C. Related Damages and Losses: When
correcting failed or damaged warranted Work, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for
correction of warranted Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS REBID BAKER LAB WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020
D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated
warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace
or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work
regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner
are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted
as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for,
or allow others to purchase or subcontract for materials or units of Work for Project where a special project guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment
is required until it has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Specific Warranty. Where a special warranty, certification,
or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required
to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion.
If the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion
of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect or Owner. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate
agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated
portion of the Work. B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document
that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution.
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all
required warranties. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS REBID BAKER LAB WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 2.0 PRODUCTS
– NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. The Warranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include the title of the Project and the name of
the Contractor. B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references. C. Assemble warranties, bonds
and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide
complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. – Provides perimeter heat) 4. Warranty Provider. Is
the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer? 5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning
of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure
in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond
the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. CORNELL UNIVERSITY
SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS REBID BAKER LAB WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-5 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 3.3 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE A. Roof warranties
shall explicitly denote the specific roof panel identification number (ROOF ID) for which the warranty applies to. B. Roof panel identification numbers shall be generated in accordance
with 01 78 22, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY. C. Roof warranties shall include a dimensioned roof plan with roof panel identification numbers generated in accordance with 01 78 22, FIXED
EQUIPMENT INVENTORY. ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS REBID BAKER LAB RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 ROOF REPLACEMENT
MARCH 9, 2020 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications
3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test
records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format
of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents
and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record
information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
REBID BAKER LAB RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 C. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings
using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing
is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing
the “As-Built” drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject
to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings
shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built
in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying
elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including:
- Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns,
beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building
shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York
RECORD DOCUMENTS REBID BAKER LAB RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested
b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls
equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors
for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping
and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water
drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power,
and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels,
final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related
elements and supporting infrastructure D. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and
item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS REBID BAKER LAB RECORD
DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 ROOF REPLACEMENT MARCH 9, 2020 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner’s Representative. B. Accompany submittal
with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that
each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR REBID BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
028213 - 1 SECTION 028213 - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Asbestos Abatement Contractor Shall Be Responsible For the Abatement of,
But Not Limited To, The Following: 1. Lap Sealant, HA’s 04, 08 and 12: The asbestos-containing lap sealant is located at all seams on the main field EPDM roofing and associated repair
patch seams on Roof Sections 2019-002, 2019012, 2019-015, 2019-016, 2019-017 & 2019-018 (Roof Sections 2019-015, 2019-016, 2019-017 & 2019-018 were determined to be homogenous) as specified
and shown on the Asbestos Survey Drawings. Abatement Contractor shall verify all quantities and locations. 2. Coping Stone Repair Tar, HA 16: This asbestos containing repair tar is
located on the coping stone at Roof Section 2019-012 as specified and shown on the Asbestos Survey Drawings. Abatement Contractor shall verify all quantities and locations. 2. Furnish
all labor, materials, services, insurance, permits and equipment necessary to carry out the removal operations in accordance with all applicable regulations, laws and codes. 3. Be
responsible for obtaining approval for a waste disposal site and transportation of waste, from the governing Regional Department of Environmental Conservation. 4. Post all applicable
regulations, notices and information at the Job Site. 5. Maintain all required logs (all persons entering and leaving the work area, for example). 6. Be responsible for all other
administrative and regulatory requirements listed in this Section, including application(s) for applicable variances. 1.3 REGULATIONS AND CODES A. All Abatement Work of this Contract
shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, Local and Municipal regulations, including, but not limited to: 1. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Asbestos Regulations,
Title 40 CFR 61, Sub-Part M. 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): Asbestos Regulations, Title 29 CFR Parts 1926.58 and 1910, 1001. 3. American National Standards
Institute (ANSI): Practices for Respiratory Protection, ANSI Z88.2-1980. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 2 4. Transportation Safety Act
of 1974: Hazardous Material Transportation Act, Title 49 CFR Parts 106, 107 and 171-179. 5. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC): 6 NYCRR Parts 360 and
364. 6. New York State Department of Labor (DOL): Industrial Code Rule 56, NYCRR Title 12, Part 56, as modified by all Applicable Variances. 7. Asbestos Safety Program Requirements:
NYCRR Chapter 11, Title 10, Part 73. 8. New York State Education Department (SED). B. Contractor shall meet the record-keeping requirements of all applicable Federal, State and Local
regulations. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. See New York State Department of Labor (DOL): Industrial Code Rule No. 56. 1.5 CONTRACTOR LIABILITY A. It is understood and agreed that the
handling, removal and disposition of asbestos and asbestos products involves certain health risks, which require specific safety measures. Owner and Consultant (Architect / Engineer)
shall not be responsible for safety measures on the job, including measures for the protection of employees or other Contractors or Sub-Contractors, nor for the protection of the general
public. Such responsibility for safety is and shall remain that of the Contractor. Therefore, Contractor agrees to hold harmless, defend and indemnify Owner and Consultant from
all claims, suits, expenses or damages arising from or alleged to arise from exposure to or inhalation of asbestos or asbestos fibers. 1.6 NOTICES AND PERMITS A. Comply with the
standards referenced in Part 1 of this Section. 1.7 PROJECT MONITOR A. A Project Monitor will be retained by the Owner, and shall represent the Owner in all matters pertaining to
the Work performed in accordance with these specifications and requirements. The Project Monitor also will be responsible for air sampling, monitoring, and analysis, except the requirement
for personal exposure monitoring which will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The Project Monitor is authorized by the Owner to oversee all removal work, to interpret
procedures and to enforce all provisions of the Contract Documents pertaining to the removal of asbestos. C. The Project Monitor is authorized to stop work if, in his opinion, there
is a substantial non-conformance with the Contract Documents and / or a situation presenting a health hazard to any person in or near the work area. D. The Project Monitor shall schedule
and hold Job Meetings, and act as the Owner’s liaison in all matters involving the work. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 3 E. The Project
Monitor’s role in health and safety matters does not obviate the Contractor’s obligation to comply with all applicable health and safety regulations promulgated by Local, State and
Federal Government. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. “Submit” means to forward one (1) copy to the Owner, and three (3) copies to the Environmentalist for review. B. Submittals shall be forwarded
within ten (10) days of Notice of Intent to Award, and any resubmissions shall be expedited. C. Prior to Commencement of Work: 1. Submit copies of required notifications per the standards
referenced in Part 1 of this Section. 2. Submit copy of Asbestos Specific Liability Insurance, meeting requirements in the General Conditions, located in other Sections of this Specification.
3. Submit satisfactory proof to the Project Monitor that all required permits, site location, and arrangements for transport and disposal of asbestos containing or contaminated materials,
supplied, and the like have been obtained, including: a. One (1) copy of each Asbestos Handler’s Certificate and the Contractor’s License. b. One (1) copy of New York State Department
of Environmental Conservation (DEC) Certificate of Approval for the ACM Waste Disposal Site. 4. Submit a written description and scale drawings for the construction of decontamination
enclosure systems and for isolation of the work areas in compliance with this specification and applicable regulations. Show all equipment locations and exhaust locations. 5. Submit
documentation indicating that all employees have had instruction on the hazards of asbestos exposure, on use and fitting of respirators, on protective dress, on use of showers, on entry
and exit from work areas, and on all aspects of work procedures and protective measures. 6. Submit location and installation method of air exhaust (negative air) system. 7. Submit
documentation certifying that all workers employed in asbestos related aspects of the job have had medical examinations as prescribed by Section 1910.1001 (j) (3) of the OSHA regulations
and have been found fit to perform work while wearing a respirator. This certification is to be signed by a physician indicating that he has reviewed the relevant medical records
and that they support the certification. Medical records are not to be submitted and will not be accepted. 8. The Contractor and Owner shall agree in writing on the condition of
the building prior to Commencement of the Work. 9. Submit Manufacturer’s Certification that vacuums, ventilation equipment, and other equipment required to contain airborne fibers,
conform to ANSI Z9.2. 10. The Contractor shall establish a manifest system that accounts for all asbestos waste. The manifest system shall be described in writing and will be subject
to the approval of the environmentalist. Copies of the written description and any receipts generated during the handling and disposal process shall be provided to the Owner. The
Contractor must be able to BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
028213 - 4 demonstrate custody over all asbestos waste from the time it is removed from
the work area until it is deposited at the landfill. 11. Submit schedule of removal. 12. Submit copies of work area entry log on a daily basis. D. Submit at closeout, a copy of each
receipt showing ACM has been properly disposed. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. General Requirements: Comply with Standards Referenced in Part 1 of this Section;
requirements for materials and equipment shall apply. B. Miscellaneous Protective Materials: Provide plywood sheathing, hardboard, etc., as required to provide protective cover over
surfaces of existing construction and finishes to eliminate damage resulting from work of this Section, including impact and water damage. C. Water shall be furnished by Owner without
charge. Contractor shall provide an in-line backflow preventer at water source, and utilize non-leaking hoses. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM) HANDLING
AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES A. Material samples in areas of asbestos containing materials have been taken and tested. The results of these tests have been tabulated and are available
for inspection by the Asbestos Abatement Contractor and / or Project Monitor upon request. If materials not called for to be removed in the removal area are found, which are suspected
of containing asbestos the Asbestos Abatement Contractor shall notify the Project Monitor and the Owner immediately. B. Comply with the standards referenced in Part 1 of this Section.
3.2 WORK AREA PROTECTION A. General Requirements: Comply with the Standards Referenced in Part 1 of this Section, for requirements for general work area preparation shall apply,
including vacating, signs, power, timing, HVAC isolation, isolation barriers, objects, exits, toilets, etc. 3.3 PERSONAL AND WASTE DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS A. Comply with
the Standards Referenced in Part 1 of this Section, for requirements for enclosure, showers, room types and configuration, etc. 3.4 DECONTAMINATION ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS / WORK AREA BARRIERS
A. General Requirements: Comply with the Standards Referenced in Part 1 of this Section, for requirements for maintenance of work area barriers. (Setting, inspection, repairs, cleaning,
etc.) BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
028213 - 5 3.5 CLEAN-UP PROCEDURES A. Comply with the standards referenced in Part 1 of this Section. 3.6
DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL AND RELATED DEBRIS A. Transport the asbestos containing waste, related debris, and waste water to the approved disposal site. Comply with
all standards referenced in Part 1 of this Section. 3.7 RESTORATION A. Remove temporary decontamination facilities, and restore area designated for these facilities to its original
condition better. B. Any damages to building surfaces, equipment, etc. shall be restored / repaired by the Contractor to the Owner’s and Architect’s satisfaction. END OF SECTION
028213 BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 1 SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS
ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips:
Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application
details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate
type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1
WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules
of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules
indicated. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 2 1. Factory mark each
piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2.2
WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material
that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection
with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring. 6. Grounds. B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 the following species: 1. Hem-fir (north); NLGA. 2.
Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1.
Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying
with ASTM A 153. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 MISCELLANEOUS
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 3 C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide blocking and framing
as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. C. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation
or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints
or optimum joint arrangement. D. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously
protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. E. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal
decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching
other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support
applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not
less than 11/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes
wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION 061053 BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 1 SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section
Includes: 1. Full tear-off of roof system at areas indicated on Drawings. 2. Removal of flashings and counterflashings. 3. Temporary roofing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 011000
"Summary" for use of premises and for phasing requirements. 2. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for
reroofing preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Full Roof Tear-off: Removal of existing roofing system down to existing roof deck. B. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D1079 and glossary
of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting removal Work,
conduct conference at Project site or location identified by the owner. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, roofing Installer, including installers of roof accessories and roofmounted equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing tear-off, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including roofing system manufacturer's written
instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system components that are to remain. c. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing,
and roof-drain plugging and plug removal. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. e. Existing
roof deck conditions requiring Architect notification. f. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for reuse. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL
UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 2 g. Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. h.
Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect reroofing. i. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes.
j. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. k. Asbestos removal and discovery of asbestos-containing materials. l. Governing regulations and requirements
for insurance and certificates if applicable. m. Existing conditions that may require Architect notification before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type
of product. B. Temporary Roofing Submittal: Product data and description of temporary roofing system. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1. Include certificate
that Installer is approved by warrantor of existing roofing system. 2. Include certificate that Installer is licensed to perform asbestos abatement. B. Photographs or Videotape: Show
existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing
operations. 1. Submit before Work begins. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Approved by warrantor of existing roofing system to work on existing roofing and licensed
to perform asbestos abatement in the state or jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
roofing removal. 2. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: EPDM & PVC roofing. B. Owner will
occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. 1. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. 2. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' written notice
of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 3. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner has adequate advance notice to place protective dust and water-leakage covers
over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT -
CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 3 4. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck,
notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area. a. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over impaired deck area. C. Protect
building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations. D. Maintain access to
existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
1. The results of an analysis of test cores from existing roofing system are available for Contractor's reference. F. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when
existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building. 1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made
watertight in the same day. G. Hazardous Materials: A report on the presence of hazardous materials is in the Project Manual for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations
where hazardous materials are present. 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of
containing hazardous materials except according to procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 3. Coordinate reroofing preparation with hazardous material remediation
to prevent water from entering existing roofing system or building. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
reroofing, or tied into by methods and with materials so as not to void existing roofing system warranty. 1. Notify warrantor before proceeding with the Work. 2. Notify warrantor of
existing roofing system on completion of reroofing, and obtain documentation verifying that existing roofing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. a. Submit documentation
at Project closeout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY PROTECTION MATERIALS A. EPS Insulation: ASTM C578. B. Plywood: DOC PS 1, Grade CD, Exposure 1. C. OSB: DOC PS 2, Exposure 1. BAKER
LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 4 2.2 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. Design
and selection of materials for temporary roofing are Contractor's responsibilities. B. Sheathing Paper: Red-rosin type, minimum 3 lb/100 sq. ft. C. Base Sheet: ASTM D4601/D4601M, Type
II, nonperforated, asphalt-impregnated and -coated, glass-fiber sheet. D. Glass-Fiber Felts: ASTM D2178/D2178M, Type IV, asphalt-impregnated, glass-fiber felt. E. Asphalt Primer: ASTM
D41/D41M. F. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D312/D312M, Type III or IV. G. Base Sheet Fasteners: Capped head, factory-coated steel fasteners, listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav. 2.3 AUXILIARY REROOFING
MATERIALS A. General: Use auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing and new roofing
system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed. 2. Loosely lay 1-inch minimum thick,
EPS insulation over existing roofing in areas not to be reroofed. a. Loosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over EPS. Extend EPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum
of 1 inch. 3. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing that have been protected. Staged material loading shall not exceed 40 psf. 4. Maintain temporary protection
and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing. 5. Comply with requirements of existing roof system manufacturer's
warranty requirements. B. Seal or isolate windows that may be exposed to airborne substances created in removal of existing materials. C. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping
before beginning the Work. D. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. 1. Immediately notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions. E. Coordinate
with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942
PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 5 1. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork.
F. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain. G. Maintain roof
drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. 1. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. a. Use roof-drain plugs specifically
designed for this purpose. b. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 2. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable
due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. a. Do not permit water to enter
into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain. 3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF A. Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day. B. Lower removed roofing
materials to ground and onto lower roof levels, using dust-tight chutes or other acceptable means of removing materials from roof areas. C. Full Roof Tear-off: Where indicated on Drawings,
remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the existing roof deck. 1. Remove substrate board, vapor retarder and roof insulation. 2. Remove base flashings and
counter flashings. 3. Remove perimeter edge flashing and gravel stops. 4. Remove flashings at pipes, curbs, mechanical equipment, and other penetrations. 5. Remove wood blocking, curbs,
and nailers. 6. Bitumen and felts that are firmly bonded to concrete decks are permitted to remain if felts are dry. a. Remove unadhered bitumen, unadhered felts, and wet felts. 7.
Remove fasteners from deck. 3.3 DECK PREPARATION A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system. B. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck panels to one another or to structure
are observed, or if deck appears or feels inadequately attached, immediately notify Architect. 1. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect. C. If deck surface is
unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 6 1. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect. 3.4 TEMPORARY ROOFING A. Install
approved temporary roofing over area to be reroofed. B. Remove temporary roofing before installing new roofing. 3.5 BASE FLASHING REMOVAL A. Remove existing base flashings. 1. Clean
substrates of contaminants, such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris. B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain. 1. Replace metal counterflashings damaged
during removal with counterflashings of same metal, weight or thickness, and finish as existing. C. Where called for, replace parapet framing, wood blocking, curbs, and nailers to comply
with Section 061053 “Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry.” 3.6 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. 1. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. 2. Do not allow
demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 3. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off
Owner's property. END OF SECTION 070150.19 BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER
(EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 1 SECTION 075323 - ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered ethylene-propylene-diene-terpolymer
(EPDM) roofing system. 2. Substrate board. 3. Vapor retarder. 4. Roof insulation. 5. Walkways. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers,
curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and counterflashings. 3. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers,
and joint preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to work of this
Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site or location identified by the owner. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, roofing
Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.
2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability
of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations,
equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 5. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 6. Review
roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DI
ENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For insulation and roof system component fasteners, include copy of FM Approvals'
RoofNav listing. B. Shop Drawings: Include roof plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including the following: 1. Layout and thickness of insulation. 2. Base flashings
and membrane terminations. 3. Flashing details at penetrations. 4. Tapered insulation, thickness, and slopes. 5. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck and orientation of
roof membrane and fastening spacings and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing system. 6. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations. C. Samples
for Verification: For the following products: 1. Roof membrane and flashings of color required. 2. Walkway pads or rolls, of color required. D. Wind Uplift Resistance Submittal: For
roofing system, indicating compliance with wind uplift performance requirements. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Manufacturer
Certificates: 1. Performance Requirement Certificate: Signed by roof membrane manufacturer, certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements"
Article. C. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. B. Certified
statement from existing roof membrane manufacturer stating that existing roof warranty has not been affected by Work performed under this Section. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer
Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav for roofing system identical to that used for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified
firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty. BAKER
LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 3 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,
AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture,
approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected
location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material
that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources.
Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials,
and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes roof membrane, base flashings, roof
insulation, fasteners, substrate board, and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from Date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit
roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as roof
membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, substrate boards, vapor retarders, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from Date
of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed roofing system and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures,
thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and flashings
shall remain watertight. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING
075323 - 4 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roof membrane shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roof membrane
shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D3746, ASTM D4272, or the Resistance to Foot Traffic Test in FM Approvals 4470. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials
shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roof membrane manufacturer based on testing and
field experience. C. FM Approvals' RoofNav Listing: Roof membrane, base flashings, and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Approvals 4450 or FM Approvals 4470 as
part of a roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Approvals Certification
markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 2. Hail-Resistance Rating: MH. D. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E108 or UL 790, Class A; for application and roof slopes
indicated; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated
assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 2.2 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-TERPOLYMER (EPDM) ROOFING A. EPDM Sheet: ASTM D4637/D4637M,
Type II, scrim or fabric internally reinforced, EPDM sheet. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated.
b. Firestone Building Products. c. GenFlex Roofing Systems. d. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. 2. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal. 3. Exposed Face Color: Black. 4. Source
Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from roof membrane manufacture. 2.3 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer
for intended use and compatible with other roofing components. 1. Adhesive and Sealants: Comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil-thick EPDM,
partially cured or cured, according to application. C. Protection Sheet: Epichlorohydrin or neoprene nonreinforced flexible sheet, 55 to 60 mils-thick, recommended by EPDM manufacturer
for resistance to hydrocarbons, non-aromatic solvents, grease, and oil. D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL
UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 5 E. Prefabricated Pipe Flashings: As recommended by
roof membrane manufacturer. F. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard, water based. G. Seaming Material: Manufacturer's standard, synthetic-rubber polymer primer and 3-inch-wide
minimum, butyl splice tape with release film. H. Lap Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, single-component sealant. I. Water Cutoff Mastic: Manufacturer's standard butyl mastic sealant.
J. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch-thick; with anchors. K. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel
fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening components to substrate, and acceptable to roofing
system manufacturer. L. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, molded pipe boot flashings, preformed inside and outside corner
sheet flashings, reinforced EPDM securement strips, T-joint covers, in-seam sealants, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories. 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS A. Substrate Board:
ASTM C1177/C1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum board type x or ASTM C1278, fiber-reinforced gypsum board. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following: a. US Gypsum (Securock) b. Certainteed c. Georgia Pacific 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Surface Finish: Unprimed. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners
and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening substrate panel to roof deck. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDER A. Self-Adhering-Sheet
Vapor Retarder: ASTM D1970/D1970M, polyethylene film laminated to layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive, minimum 40-mil-total thickness; maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm; cold applied,
with slip-resisting surface and release paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards
manufactured or approved by EPDM roof membrane manufacturer, approved for use in FM Approvals' RoofNav-listed roof assemblies. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 6 B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 2,
Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Atlas Roofing
Corporation. b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. c. Firestone Building Products. d. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. 2. Compressive Strength: 25 psi. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches.
4. Thickness: a. Base Layer: 2.6 inches. b. Upper Layer: 2.6 inches. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards. 1. Material: Match roof insulation. 2. Minimum
Thickness: 1/4 inch. 3. Slope: a. Roof Field: 1/8 inch per foot unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. b. Saddles and Crickets: 1/2 inch per foot unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with other roofing system components. B.
Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to
substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or
to another insulation layer as follows: 1. Full-spread, spray-applied, low-rise, two-component urethane adhesive. 2.8 WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty,
slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads, approximately 3/16 inch-thick and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Size: Approximately 36 by 36 inches. 2. Color: Contrasting
with roof membrane. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323
- 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance
of the Work. 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking,
curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing system installation according to roofing system
manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces
of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Perform fastener-pullout tests according to roof system manufacturer's written
instructions. 1. Submit test result within 24 hours of performing tests. a. Include manufacturer's requirements for any revision to previously submitted fastener patterns required to
achieve specified wind uplift requirements. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING, GENERAL A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, FM Approvals'
RoofNav assembly requirements, and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29. B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from
entering completed sections of roofing system at end of workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. C. Install roof
membrane and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition and to not void warranty for existing roofing system. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SUBSTRATE
BOARD A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, with end joints staggered not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows. 1. At steel roof decks, install substrate
board at right angle to flutes of deck. a. Locate end joints over crests of steel roof deck. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 8 2. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 3. Cut substrate board to fit tight around penetrations and
projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. 4. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck according to recommendations in FM Approvals' RoofNav assembly
requirements and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDER A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor
Retarder: Prime substrate if required by manufacturer. Install self-adheringsheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 31/2
and 6 inches, respectively. 1. Extend vertically up parapet walls and projections to a minimum height equal to height of insulation and cover board. 2. Seal laps by rolling. B. Completely
seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system
components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of workday. B. Comply with roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing
roof insulation. C. Installation Over Metal Decking: 1. Install base layer of insulation with joints staggered not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows and with long joints continuous
at right angle to flutes of decking. a. Locate end joints over crests of decking. b. Trim insulation neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting
sloping roof decks. c. Make joints between adjacent insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width. d. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with
each side equal to the diameter of the drain bowl plus 24 inches. 1) Trim insulation so that water flow is unrestricted. e. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. f. Cut and
fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. g. Adhere each layer of insulation to substrate using adhesive according to FM Approvals' RoofNav assembly
requirements and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification, as follows: 1) Set each layer of insulation in a uniform coverage
of full-spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. 2. Install upper layers of insulation and tapered insulation with joints of each layer offset
not less than 12 inches from previous layer of insulation. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONO
MER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 9 a. Staggered end joints within each layer not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows. b. Install with long joints continuous and with end joints staggered
not less than 12 inches in adjacent rows. c. Trim insulation neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. d. Make joints between
adjacent insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width. e. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with each side equal to the diameter of the drain
bowl plus 24 inches. f. Trim insulation so that water flow is unrestricted. g. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. h. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections,
and penetrations. i. Adhere each layer of insulation to substrate using adhesive according to FM Approvals' RoofNav assembly requirements and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data
Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification, as follows: 1) Set each layer of insulation in a uniform coverage of full-spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and
maintaining insulation in place. D. Installation Over Concrete Decks: 1. Install base layer of insulation with joints staggered not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows. a. Where installing
composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board
insulation for top layer. b. Trim insulation neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. c. Make joints between adjacent
insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width. d. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with each side equal to the diameter of the drain bowl
plus 24 inches. 1) Trim insulation so that water flow is unrestricted. e. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. f. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections,
and penetrations. g. Adhere base layer of insulation to vapor retarder according to FM Approvals' RoofNav assembly requirements and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29
for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification, as follows: 1) Set insulation in a uniform coverage of full-spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation
in place. 2. Install upper layers of insulation and tapered insulation with joints of each layer offset not less than 12 inches from previous layer of insulation. a. Staggered end joints
within each layer not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows. b. Install with long joints continuous and with end joints staggered not less than 12 inches in adjacent rows. c. Trim insulation
neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. d. Make joints between adjacent insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width.
e. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with each side equal to the diameter of the drain bowl plus 24 inches. 1) Trim insulation so that water is
unrestricted. f. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-
MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 10 g. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. h. Adhere each layer of insulation to substrate using adhesive
according to FM Approvals' RoofNav assembly requirements and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification, as follows: 1) Set
each layer of insulation in a uniform coverage of full-spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED ROOFING A. Adhere
roof membrane over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Unroll membrane roof membrane and allow to relax before installing. C.
Accurately align roof membrane, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and
underside of roof membrane at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roof membrane. Do not apply to splice area of roof membrane. E. In addition
to adhering, mechanically fasten roof membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeters. F. Apply roof membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.
G. Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement. 1. Firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping roof membrane to ensure a watertight seam installation.
2. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing terminations. 3. Apply a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by roofing system manufacturer.
H. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roof membrane that do not comply with requirements. I. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal
roof membrane in place with clamping ring. J. Adhere protection sheet over roof membrane at locations indicated. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF BASE FLASHING A. Install sheet flashings and preformed
flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing
at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.
D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping sheets to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges
of sheet flashing terminations. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM)
ROOFING 075323 - 11 E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Install
walkway products according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install flexible walkways at the following locations: a. Locations indicated on Drawings. b. As required by roof
membrane manufacturer's warranty requirements. 2. Provide 6-inch clearance between adjoining pads. 3. Adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing
system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction
does not affect or endanger roofing system, inspect roofing system for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. 3.11 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS _______________________________ of ___________________________, herein called the
"Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project: 1. Owner: <Insert name of Owner>. 2. Address: <Insert address>. 3. Building Name/Type:
<Insert information>. 4. Address: <Insert address>. 5. Area of Work: <Insert information>. 6. Acceptance Date: _________________. 7. Warranty Period: <Insert time>. 8. Expiration Date:
__________________. B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective
materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty
Period Roofing Installer will, at Roofing Installer's own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty
and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions: BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT
- CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 12 1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty
are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding <Insert mph (m/s)>; c. fire; d. failure of
roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights,
vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. activity on roofing by others, including construction
contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. 2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall
be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3.
Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults
or defects of work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection
with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations
affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting
said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation
or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck,
spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the
extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall
afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. 7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty
of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically,
this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether
Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor. E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this ___________ day of __________________
_, ________________. 1. Authorized Signature: _______________________________________. 2. Name: ______________________________________. 3. Title: _______________________________________.
END OF SECTION 075323 BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1 SECTION
076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061053
"Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations
to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide
leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each of the following 1. Elastomeric sealant. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing
and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between
shop- and field-assembled Work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including
profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include
pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion
and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, flashings,
and counterflashings. 10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 3 inches per 12 inches. C. Samples:
For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 12 inches long by actual width. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated
with factory-applied finishes. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim,
and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. B. Special warranty. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal
flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store
sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials
away from uncured concrete and masonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing and trim from contact with water. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and
trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes:
Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed
Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess
of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date
of Substantial Completion. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3 PART
2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, shall withstand wind loads, structural movement,
thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal
flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install roof edge flashings that are listed
in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-90. Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM Approvals. D. Thermal Movements:
Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections,
and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical
and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized)
steel sheet in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation, Grade 40; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed
Coil-Coated Finish: a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in both color coat
and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 3. Color: As selected by Architect
from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash
coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other
miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners:
Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer
of primary sheet metal. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 4 1. General:
Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factoryapplied coating. Provide
metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless steel rivets suitable
for metal being fastened. 2. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329.
C. Solder: 1. For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead with maximum lead content
of 0.2 percent. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with releasepaper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic,
nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required
to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and
recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing
and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that
specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 4. Form sheet
metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and
trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment
of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of
exposed flashing and trim. 1. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accordance
with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored
or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Seams: BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING
AND TRIM 076200 - 5 1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. G. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.5 LOW-SLOPE
ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Cap: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 12-foot-long sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide,
joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch-wide, concealed backup plate. 2. Fabricate from the following
materials: a. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch-thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2.
Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or
backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations of cited sheet metal standard that apply to installation characteristics required unless
otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Install fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing
and trim system. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder sealant. 3. Anchor sheet metal
flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 4. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates
and to result in watertight performance. 5. Install continuous cleats with fasteners spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. 6. Space individual cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach
each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 7. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil-canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 8.
Do not field cut sheet metal flashing and trim by torch. 9. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where
metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 6 surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended
by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Space movement joints at maximum of
10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 2. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed
within joints. 3. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches
for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover
and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated.
a. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. b. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. c. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between
40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. d. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. 1) Do not install sealant-type
joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be
soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. 1. Pretin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pretinning where pretinned surface would show in completed
Work. 2. Do not solder metallic-coated steel sheet. 3. Do not pretin zinc-tin alloy-coated copper. 4. Do not use torches for soldering. 5. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow
solder into joint. a. Fill joint completely. b. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet
metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment
of matching profiles. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 7 B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off
excess sealants. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's
written installation instructions. B. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended in writing by sheet
metal flashing and trim manufacturer. C. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged
or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures, as determined by Architect. END OF SECTION 076200 BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT
- CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section
Includes: 1. Urethane joint sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting
of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under
the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates
are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have
not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and
other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty:
Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified
warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA
JOB NO. 3942 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure
caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding
design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and
with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by jointsealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants:
As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus
25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC, Building Systems; Sonalastic TX1. b. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol
I-XL. c. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex Textured Sealant. d. Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic. 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with
joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 1. Manufacturers:
Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction
Chemicals, LLC, Building Systems. b. Construction Foam Products, a division of Nomaco, Inc. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface
skin), Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint
application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY
FA JOB NO. 3942 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer
for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate
tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances
capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape:
Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants,
with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation
only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with
joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant,
including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease,
waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods
to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing
out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous
joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous
joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT - CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 JOINT SEALANTS 079200
- 4 B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply
primer to comply with jointsealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C.
Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact
or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply
with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard:
Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated
to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant
movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have
become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs
of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully
wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant
movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in
subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove
excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3.
Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. BAKER LAB ROOF REPLACEMENT
- CORNELL UNIVERSITY FA JOB NO. 3942 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints
as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect
joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants
immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.6 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces
and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS-#1. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints between metal panels. b. Joints between metal and masonry. c. Joints between different materials listed above.
d. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 079200